AU2012202095A1 - Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors - Google Patents
Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- AU2012202095A1 AU2012202095A1 AU2012202095A AU2012202095A AU2012202095A1 AU 2012202095 A1 AU2012202095 A1 AU 2012202095A1 AU 2012202095 A AU2012202095 A AU 2012202095A AU 2012202095 A AU2012202095 A AU 2012202095A AU 2012202095 A1 AU2012202095 A1 AU 2012202095A1
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- transcription factor
- compound
- infection
- microbe
- transcription
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 523
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 518
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 265
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 title claims description 165
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 77
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 474
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 171
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 71
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 claims description 59
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000019206 urinary tract infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000007094 prostatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 abstract description 37
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 abstract description 36
- 239000000304 virulence factor Substances 0.000 abstract description 16
- 230000007923 virulence factor Effects 0.000 abstract description 16
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 15
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 221
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 212
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 203
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 166
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 131
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 117
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 116
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 93
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 92
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 87
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 62
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 56
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 56
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 56
- 101150059149 rob gene Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 41
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 35
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 34
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 28
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 25
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 24
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 23
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 22
- 101150008274 marA gene Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 22
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 17
- 101150033650 soxS gene Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 15
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 13
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 11
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 206010037596 Pyelonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 9
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 9
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 8
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012900 molecular simulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 8
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101100126053 Dictyostelium discoideum impdh gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101150050575 URA3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000607477 Yersinia pseudotuberculosis Species 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 101150035744 guaB gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000000324 molecular mechanic Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101100246753 Halobacterium salinarum (strain ATCC 700922 / JCM 11081 / NRC-1) pyrF gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001138501 Salmonella enterica Species 0.000 description 6
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 6
- 101150002764 purA gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 5
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241001387976 Pera Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000607762 Shigella flexneri Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000607447 Yersinia enterocolitica Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000007059 acute toxicity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000403 acute toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000032770 biofilm formation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000386 donor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 101150065856 inaA gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000001986 peyer's patch Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SEHFUALWMUWDKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-fluoroorotic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1NC(=O)NC(=O)C=1F SEHFUALWMUWDKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 4
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 231100000111 LD50 Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 241000588770 Proteus mirabilis Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000004617 QSAR study Methods 0.000 description 4
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000010632 Transcription Factor Activity Effects 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003139 biocide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101150102092 ccdB gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000551 dentifrice Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008235 industrial water Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Nitrophenyl Phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000007347 Apyrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010007730 Apyrase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010003497 Asphyxia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000606125 Bacteroides Species 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 3
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000606790 Haemophilus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000342 Monte Carlo simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 241001467018 Typhis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 101100398736 Yersinia pestis lcrF gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004671 cell-free system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000003146 cystitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000002337 electrophoretic mobility shift assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 150000002829 nitrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010399 three-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XIBIADJKGLWYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(C(O)Br)[N+]([O-])=O XIBIADJKGLWYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UUIVKBHZENILKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dibromo-2-cyanoacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(Br)(Br)C#N UUIVKBHZENILKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005730 ADP ribosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010056396 Asymptomatic bacteriuria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000894008 Azorhizobium Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000363 Bacterial Luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010077805 Bacterial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000588779 Bordetella bronchiseptica Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100034798 CCAAT/enhancer-binding protein beta Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001559589 Cullen Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000004232 Enteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- 101100012780 Escherichia coli (strain K12) fecA gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000589602 Francisella tularensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000945963 Homo sapiens CCAAT/enhancer-binding protein beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000600169 Maro Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000235395 Mucor Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000588768 Providencia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588778 Providencia stuartii Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 2
- PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resazurin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C=C2OC3=CC(O)=CC=C3[N+]([O-])=C21 PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010039438 Salmonella Infections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001147691 Staphylococcus saprophyticus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000025087 Yersinia pseudotuberculosis infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- APUPEJJSWDHEBO-UHFFFAOYSA-P ammonium molybdate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-][Mo]([O-])(=O)=O APUPEJJSWDHEBO-UHFFFAOYSA-P 0.000 description 2
- 239000011609 ammonium molybdate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000018660 ammonium molybdate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940010552 ammonium molybdate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001557 benzodiazepines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012219 cassette mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004534 cecum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150028842 ctxA gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000688 enterotoxigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940118764 francisella tularensis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006251 gamma-carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N ganglioside GM1 Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](CO)O1 QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150068243 invF gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002429 large intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002887 multiple sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005405 multipole Effects 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010397 one-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930001119 polyketide Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000000830 polyketide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N protoneodioscin Natural products O(C[C@@H](CC[C@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]2[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@H]4[C@@H]([C@]5(C)C(=CC4)C[C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@H](CO)O4)CC5)CC3)C[C@@H]2O1)C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150025220 sacB gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010039447 salmonellosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002922 simulated annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150065777 tcpN gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YIEDHPBKGZGLIK-UHFFFAOYSA-L tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)phosphanium;sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.OC[P+](CO)(CO)CO.OC[P+](CO)(CO)CO YIEDHPBKGZGLIK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 101150103224 virF gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]2CS1)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLEBIOOXCVAHBD-YHBSTRCHSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-[(2r,3s,4r,5r,6s)-6-dodecoxy-4,5-dihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 NLEBIOOXCVAHBD-YHBSTRCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXBCYQUALCBQIJ-RYVPXURESA-N (8s,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-13-ethyl-17-ethynyl-11-methylidene-1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12,14,15,16-dodecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-ol;(8r,9s,13s,14s,17r)-17-ethynyl-13-methyl-7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-octahydro-6h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,17-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1.C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MXBCYQUALCBQIJ-RYVPXURESA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFZHODLXYNDBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-nitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 YFZHODLXYNDBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150098072 20 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GYJNVSAUBGJVLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylazaniumyl)propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CN(C)CCCS(O)(=O)=O GYJNVSAUBGJVLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 3-phospho-D-glyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUUULVAMQJLDSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1,2-thiazole Chemical compound C1CC=NS1 GUUULVAMQJLDSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589218 Acetobacteraceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148231 Acinetobacter haemolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005869 Activating Transcription Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005254 Activating Transcription Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607534 Aeromonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607528 Aeromonas hydrophila Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000003291 Armoracia rusticana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011330 Armoracia rusticana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100002068 Bacillus subtilis (strain 168) araR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100238763 Bacillus subtilis hsdRM gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001135322 Bacteroides eggerthii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606124 Bacteroides fragilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606123 Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606219 Bacteroides uniformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010023063 Bacto-peptone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588780 Bordetella parapertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589968 Borrelia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100174521 Bradyrhizobium diazoefficiens (strain JCM 10833 / BCRC 13528 / IAM 13628 / NBRC 14792 / USDA 110) fumC2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010006500 Brucellosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001453380 Burkholderia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589513 Burkholderia cepacia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010069747 Burkholderia mallei infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001136175 Burkholderia pseudomallei Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100036850 C-C motif chemokine 23 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- AFWTZXXDGQBIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C14 surfactin Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC1CC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 AFWTZXXDGQBIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 Chemical compound COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000252983 Caecum Species 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZKQDCIXGCQPQNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Ca+2].Cl[O-].Cl[O-] ZKQDCIXGCQPQNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589874 Campylobacter fetus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589875 Campylobacter jejuni Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001432959 Chernes Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588919 Citrobacter freundii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000873310 Citrobacter sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100007328 Cocos nucifera COS-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010071 Coma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000186227 Corynebacterium diphtheriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000918600 Corynebacterium ulcerans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223935 Cryptosporidium Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000303965 Cyamopsis psoralioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012287 DNA Binding Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000052510 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710096438 DNA-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VYZAHLCBVHPDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dinitrochlorobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 VYZAHLCBVHPDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588697 Enterobacter cloacae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001122697 Enterobacteria phage T4 Portal protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108050004280 Epsilon toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000867232 Escherichia coli Heat-stable enterotoxin II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000641763 Escherichia phage Mu Uncharacterized protein gp20 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000763859 Escherichia phage N15 Tail tip assembly protein I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001052018 Escherichia phage Phieco32 Putative tail tip fiber protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150094690 GAL1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028501 Galanin peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000207202 Gardnerella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061182 Genitourinary tract infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003641 Glanders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000607259 Grimontia hollisae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606788 Haemophilus haemolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606822 Haemophilus parahaemolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606766 Haemophilus parainfluenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 1
- GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N Heroin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)OC(C)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4OC(C)=O GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000713081 Homo sapiens C-C motif chemokine 23 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100121078 Homo sapiens GAL gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010065042 Immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000000177 Indigofera tinctoria Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000008081 Intestinal Fistula Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588915 Klebsiella aerogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100288095 Klebsiella pneumoniae neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186660 Lactobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000002605 Lactobacillus helveticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013967 Lactobacillus helveticus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000589242 Legionella pneumophila Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589246 Legionellaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032376 Lung infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150049547 Lyar gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006154 MacConkey agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282553 Macaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001293418 Mannheimia haemolytica Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000757 Microbial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002990 Monte Carlo minimization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002994 Monte Carlo simulated annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000588655 Moraxella catarrhalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588771 Morganella <proteobacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100059509 Mus musculus Ccs gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000186367 Mycobacterium avium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186364 Mycobacterium intracellulare Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588656 Neisseriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100281840 Neosartorya fumigata (strain ATCC MYA-4609 / Af293 / CBS 101355 / FGSC A1100) fumR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001135232 Odoribacter splanchnicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033078 Otitis media Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710116435 Outer membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150012394 PHO5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000606856 Pasteurella multocida Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192001 Pediococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191996 Pediococcus pentosaceus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010043958 Peptoids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100462488 Phlebiopsis gigantea p2ox gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607568 Photobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001672678 Photobacterium damselae subsp. damselae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000493790 Photobacterium leiognathi Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100137512 Proteus vulgaris pqrA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000576783 Providencia alcalifaciens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588777 Providencia rettgeri Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000947836 Pseudomonadaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000168225 Pseudomonas alcaligenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589540 Pseudomonas fluorescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037688 Q fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010799 Receptor Interactions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010034634 Repressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606723 Rickettsia akari Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606699 Rickettsia conorii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606651 Rickettsiales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100263527 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) VCX1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000266403 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Choleraesuis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001354013 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Enteritidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001607429 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium str. SL1344 Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000912530 Salmonella phage epsilon15 Tail spike protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000607715 Serratia marcescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010079723 Shiga Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000147000 Shigella flexneri 2a Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100132347 Shigella flexneri mxiC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607760 Shigella sonnei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607758 Shigella sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191984 Staphylococcus haemolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192087 Staphylococcus hominis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191982 Staphylococcus hyicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191980 Staphylococcus intermedius Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000897913 Staphylococcus phage 44AHJD Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001464905 Staphylococcus saccharolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122973 Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193985 Streptococcus agalactiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194019 Streptococcus mutans Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100309436 Streptococcus mutans serotype c (strain ATCC 700610 / UA159) ftf gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100273887 Sulfolobus acidocaldarius (strain ATCC 33909 / DSM 639 / JCM 8929 / NBRC 15157 / NCIMB 11770) cedB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000192584 Synechocystis Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710137500 T7 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000666752 Theionarchaea archaeon (strain DG-70-1) NAD(+) hydrolase TcpA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101710119705 Transcription factor 15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033128 Transcription factor 15 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100030628 Transcription factor 25 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710119686 Transcription factor 25 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700029229 Transcriptional Regulatory Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- APQHKWPGGHMYKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyltin oxide Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)O[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC APQHKWPGGHMYKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000034784 Tularaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607594 Vibrio alginolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607291 Vibrio fluvialis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010047400 Vibrio infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607253 Vibrio mimicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607272 Vibrio parahaemolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607265 Vibrio vulnificus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010017793 Winged-Helix Transcription Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004599 Winged-Helix Transcription Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000607481 Yersinia intermedia Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWXOJIDBSHLIFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(1-chloro-3'-methoxyspiro[adamantane-4,4'-dioxetane]-3'-yl)phenyl] dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O1OC2(C3CC4CC2CC(Cl)(C4)C3)C1(OC)C1=CC=CC(OP(O)(O)=O)=C1 QWXOJIDBSHLIFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003082 abrasive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006088 activator proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009118 appropriate response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150044616 araC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010516 arginylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003212 astringent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004443 bio-dispersant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940015062 campylobacter jejuni Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CGMKPKRNUNDACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamimidoyl(dodecyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCCCCCCCCCCCN=C(N)N CGMKPKRNUNDACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150088265 cbrA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008614 cellular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011284 combination treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000205 computational method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000498 cooling water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030341 copper arsenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RKYSWCFUYJGIQA-UHFFFAOYSA-H copper(ii) arsenate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Cu+2].[Cu+2].[O-][As]([O-])([O-])=O.[O-][As]([O-])([O-])=O RKYSWCFUYJGIQA-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- QHNCWVQDOPICKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper;1-hydroxypyridine-2-thione Chemical compound [Cu].ON1C=CC=CC1=S.ON1C=CC=CC1=S QHNCWVQDOPICKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004693 coupled cluster singles and doubles theory Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150087320 ctxB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007821 culture assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002925 dental caries Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000249 desinfective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004807 desolvation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002069 diamorphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002416 diarrheagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004851 dishwashing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013104 docking experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012154 double-distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035622 drinking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940092559 enterobacter aerogenes Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940032049 enterococcus faecalis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000369 enteropathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150055019 fapR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009408 flooring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124307 fluoroquinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004088 foaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150028420 fumC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-M fusidate Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C([O-])=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000118 genetic alteration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009650 gentamicin protection assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005256 gram-negative cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011440 grout Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002489 hematologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012203 high throughput assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101150102883 hsdM gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150085823 hsdR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001469 hydantoins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003405 ileum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940097275 indigo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indigo powder Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000022760 infectious otitis media Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012482 interaction analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028774 intestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011499 joint compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150060172 knt gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940039696 lactobacillus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940054346 lactobacillus helveticus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940115932 legionella pneumophila Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000636 lethal dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000037356 lipid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007422 luminescence assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- JWZXKXIUSSIAMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylene bis(thiocyanate) Chemical compound N#CSCSC#N JWZXKXIUSSIAMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010208 microarray analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091005601 modified peptides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004001 molecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009671 multidrug-resistant tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMWKZHPREXJQGR-XOSAIJSUSA-N n-methyl-n-[(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl]decanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO UMWKZHPREXJQGR-XOSAIJSUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBWGZAXBCCNRTM-CTHBEMJXSA-N n-methyl-n-[(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl]octanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SBWGZAXBCCNRTM-CTHBEMJXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MHWLWQUZZRMNGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nalidixic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C)N=C2N(CC)C=C(C(O)=O)C(=O)C2=C1 MHWLWQUZZRMNGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000210 nalidixic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000065 noncytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002020 noncytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002902 organometallic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940039748 oxalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036542 oxidative stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051027 pasteurella multocida Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004303 peritoneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005381 potential energy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150060030 poxB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000013823 prenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940076155 protein modulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJDYCCHRZIFCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;iodide Chemical class I.C1=CC=NC=C1 BJDYCCHRZIFCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012205 qualitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005610 quantum mechanics Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150079601 recA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001223 reverse osmosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150097837 rhaT gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FCBUKWWQSZQDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhamnolipid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(CC(O)=O)OC(=O)CC(CCCCCCC)OC1OC(C)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 FCBUKWWQSZQDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JQXXHWHPUNPDRT-WLSIYKJHSA-N rifampicin Chemical compound O([C@](C1=O)(C)O/C=C/[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)\C=C\C=C(C)/C(=O)NC=2C(O)=C3C([O-])=C4C)C)OC)C4=C1C3=C(O)C=2\C=N\N1CC[NH+](C)CC1 JQXXHWHPUNPDRT-WLSIYKJHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001225 rifampicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091078457 rot family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150085492 rpsF gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102200148275 rs121908160 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220079453 rs765483435 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220091020 rs876657568 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003345 scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013077 scoring method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150013865 sicA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZNCPFRVNHGOPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium oxalate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C([O-])=O ZNCPFRVNHGOPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940039790 sodium oxalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006283 soil fumigant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940037649 staphylococcus haemolyticus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003335 steric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012916 structural analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N surfactin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC1CC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-WGVNQGGSSA-N surfactin C Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCC[C@@H]1CC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-WGVNQGGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009182 swimming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002877 time resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150071242 tolC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940125783 transcription factor modulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019801 trisodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003160 two-hybrid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061393 typhus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003708 urethra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001215 vagina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098232 yersinia enterocolitica Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940118695 yersinia pestis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The current invention is based, inter alia, on the finding that the transcription 5 factor MarA, and homologues of MarA, e.g., Rob and SoxS, are virulence factors. Accordingly, the invention discloses methods for screening compounds for their ability to modulate these virulence factors. The invention further describes methods for treating and preventing bacterial infections by modulating the expression and/or activity of transcription factors. In addition, the invention provides a method for identifying other 10 virulence factors.
Description
Pool Section 29 Regulation 3.2(2) AUSTRALIA Patents Act 1990 COMPLETE SPECIFICATION STANDARD PATENT Application Number: Lodged: Invention Title: Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors The following statement is a full description of this invention, including the best method of performing it known to us: Methods for Preventing and Treating Microbial Ifections by Modulating Transcription Factors Related Applications 5 This application claims priority to USSN 60/458,935, entitled "Methods for Preventing and Treating Microbial Infections by Modulating Transcription Factors," filed on March 31, 2003; USSN 60/429,142, entitled "Methods for Preventing and Treating Microbial Infections by Modulating Transcription Factors," filed on November 26,2002; USSN 60/421,218, entitled "Methods for 10 Preventing and Treating Microbial Infections by Modulating Transcription Factors," filed on October 25, 2002; and USSN 60/391,345, entitled "Methods of Preventing and Treating Bacterial Infections by Inhibiting Virulance Factors," filed June 24,2002. This application is also related to USSN 60/423,319, entitled "Transcription Factor Modulating Compounds and Method of Use Thereof;" filed 15 on November 1, 2002 and USSN 60/425,916, "Transcription Factor Modulating Compounds and Method of Use Thereof' filed on November 13, 2002. This application is also related to USSN 10/139,591, entitled "Transcription Factor Modulating Compounds and Methods of Use Thereof," filed on May 6, 2002. This application is also related to USSN 09/316,504, entitled "MarA Family Helix-Turn 20 Helix Domains and Their Methods of Use," filed on May 21, 1999. This application is also related to USSN 09/801,563, entitled "NIMR Compositions and Their Methods of Use;" filed on March 8, 2001. The entire contents of these applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference. 25 Backmun Most antibiotics currently used and in development to treat bacterial infections impose selective pressure on microorganisms and have led to the development of widespread antibiotic resistance. Therefore, the development of an alternative approach to treating nd/or preventing microbial infections would be of 30 great benefit. -1- Summary of the Invention The instant invention identifies microbial transcription factors, e.g., transcription factors of the AraC-XylS family, as virulence factors in microbes and shows that inhibition of these factors reduces the virulence of microbial cells. 5 Because these transcription factors control virulence, rather than essential cellular processes, the development of resistance to compounds that modulate the expression and/or activity of microbial transcription factors is much less likely. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention is directed to a method for preventing infection of a subject by a microbe comprising: administering a 10 compound that modulates the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing an infection such that infection of the subject is prevented. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XyIS family of transcription factors. 15 In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the method further comprises administering an antibiotic. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for preventing urinary 20 tract infection of a subject by a mimobe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing a urinary tract infection such that infection of the subject is prevented. In yet another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for reducing 25 virulence of a microbe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing an infection with the microbe such that virulence of the microbe is reduced. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XyIS 30 family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. -2- In yet another embodiment, the method father comprises administering an antibiotic. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for treating a microbial infection in a subject comprising: administering a compound that modulates the 5 expression and/or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having a microbial infection such that infection of the subject is treated. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA 10 family of transcription factors. In still another embodiment, the invention further comprises adminiering an antibiotic. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for treating a urinary tract infection in a subject comprising: administering a compound that modulates 15 the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having a urinary tract infection such that infection of the subject is treated. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family 20 of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the method further comprises administering an antibiotic. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for reducing virulence in a microbe comprising: administering a compound that inhibits the expression 25 and/or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having a microbial infection such that virulence of the microbe is reduced. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA 30 family of transcription factors. In yet another embodiment, the method further comprises administering an antibiotic. -3- In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for evaluating the effectiveness of a compound that modulates the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor at inhibiting microbial virulence comprising: infecting a non-human animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to 5 establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering the compound that modulates the expression and/or activity of the microbial transcription factor to the non-human animal; and determining the level of infection of the non-human animal, wherein the ability of the compound to reduce the level of infection of the animal indicates that the 10 compound is effective at inhibiting microbial virulence. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. 15 In yet another embodiment, the method further comprises administering an antibiotic. In still another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. 20 In another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non human animal. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for identifying a compound for treating microbial infection, comprising: innoculating a non-human 25 animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering a compound which reduces the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor to the animal, and determining the effect of the test compound on the ability of the microbe to colonize the animal, such that a 30 compound for treating microbial infection is identified. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XyIS family of transcription factors. -4- In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. In still another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the 5 non-human animal. In another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non human animal. In another aspect, method for identifying a compound for reducing 10 microbial virulence, comprising: inoculating a non-human animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering a compound which reduces the expression and/or activity of a microbial transcription factor to the animal, and determining the effect of the test compound on the ability of the 15 microbe to colonize the animal, such that a compound for reducing microbial virulence is identified. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC XylS family of transcription factors. In still another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the 20 MarA family of transcription factors. In yet another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. In another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is 25 determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non human animal. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for identifying transcription factors which promote microbial virulence comprising: creating a microbe in which a transcription factor to be tested is misexpressed; introducing the 30 microbe into a non-human animal; wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; and determining the ability of the microbe to colonize the animal, wherein a reduced ability of the microbe to colonize the animal as compared to a wild-type -5microbial cell identifies the transcription factor as a transcription factor which promotes microbial virulence. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC XyIS family of transcription factors. 5 In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. In another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. 10 In another embodiment, the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non human animal. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for reducing the ability of a microbe to adhere to an abiotic surface comprising: contacting the abiotic 15 surface or the microbe with a compound that modulates the activity of a transcription factor such that the ability of the microbe to adhere to the abiotic surface is reduced. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. 20 In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. In yet another embodiment, the method further comprises contacting the abiotic surface or the microbe with a second agent that is effective at controlling the growth of the microbe. 25 In still another embodiment, the abiotic surface is selected from the group consisting of: stents, catheters, and prosthetic devices. In one aspect, the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound that modulates the activity or expression of a microbial transcription factor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the 30 compound reduces microbial virulence. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound that modulates the activity or expression of a microbial transcription factor and an antibiotic in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. -6- Brief Description of the Figures 5 Figures 1A-E are a multiple sequence alignment of PROSITE PS01 124 AraC family polypeptides. Figure 2 depicts the amino acid sequence of MarA, Rob, and SoxS fromE. coli and the corresponding accession numbers. Figure 3 depicts representative activities of a set of Mar inhibitors in a 10 mobility shift assay. Lanes 1-6 all contain 0.1 MM (P)DNA and lanes 2-6 all contain 5 nM SoxS. Lanes 1 and 2, no compound; lanes 3-6, 50 pg/ml Compound A, Compound B, Compound C, and Compound D, respectively. Compound A and Compound B represent two different synthetic batches of the same compound. A, free DNA; B, SoxS-complex DNA. 15 Figure 4 depicts the effects of a soxS, rob and marA deletion (triple knockout) from a clinical isolate on virulence in an ascending pyelonephritis infection model. Figure 5 depicts the effect of a single rob deletion from a clinical isolate and on restoring rob expression on virulence in vivo in an ascending pyelonephritis 20 infection model. Figure 6 depicts the effect of a single soxS deletion from a clinical isolate and on restoring soxS expression on virulence in vivo in an ascending pyelonephritis infection model as well as the effect of restoring marA expression in the triple knock out. 25 Figure 7 depicts the effect of soxS deletion from a clinical isolate on virulence in vivo in an ascending pyelonephritis infection model. Figure 8 depicts the effect of rob deletion from a clinical isolate on virulence in vivo in an ascending pyelonephritis infection model Figures 9A-B depict the virulence of multi-drug resistant E.coli in an 30 ascending pylelonephritis mouse model of infection. Panel A depicts wild type KM-D B.coli and Panel B depicts E. Coli SRM which is isogenic but lacks MarA, SaxS and rob. -7- Figure 10 depicts the activity of Compund 1 against E. coli C189 (a clinical cystitis isolate) in an ascending pyelonephritis mouse model. Detailed Description 5 The instant invention identifies microbial transcription factors, e.g., transcription factors of the AraC-XylS family, as virulence factors in microbes and shows that inhibition of these factors reduces the virulence of microbial cells. Because these transcription factors control virulence, rather than essential cellular processes, modulation of these factors should not promote resistance. 10 Some major families of transcription factors found in bacteria include the helix-turn-helix transcription factors (HTH)( Harrison, S. C., and A. K. Aggarwal 1990. Annual Review of Biochemistry. 59:933-969) such as AraC, MarA, Rob, SoxS and LyaR; winged helix transcription factors (Gajiwala, K. S., and S. K. Burley 2000. 10:110-116), e.g., MarR, Sar/Rot family, and OmpR (Huffiman, J. L., 15 and R. G. Brennan 2002. Curr Opin Struct Biol. 12:98-106, Martinez-Hackert, E., and A. M. Stock 1997. Structure. 5:109-124); and looped-hinge helix transcription factors (Huffinan, J. L, and R. G. Brennan 2002 Cur Opin Struc Biol. 12:98 106), e.g. the AbrB protein family. The AraC-XylS family of transcription factors comprises many members. 20 MarA, SoxS, Rma, and Rob are examples of proteins within the AraC-XyIS family of transcription factors. These factors belong to a subset of the AraC-XylS family that have historically been considered to play roles in promoting resistance to multiple antibiotics and have not been considered to be virulence factors. In fact, the role of marA in virulence has been tested using a marA null mutant of 25 Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (S. typhimurium) in a mouse infection model ( Sulavik et al. 1997. J. Bacteriology 179:1857) and no such role has been found. In another model (using co-infection experiments or crude statistics) only a weak effect of a marA null mutant in chickens has been demonstrated (Randall et al. 2001. J. Med. Microbiol. 50:770). In contrast to this earlier work, this 30 invention is based, at least in part, on the finding that the ability of microbes to cause infection in a host can be inhibited by inhibiting the expression and/or activity of microbial transcription factors, e.g., the AraC-XylS family of -8transcription factors or MarA family of transcription factors. Thus, the instant invention validates the use of microbial transcription factors as therapeutic targets. L Definitions 5 Before further description of the invention, certain terms employed in the specification, examples and appended claims are, for convenience, collected here. As used herein, the term "modulates" includes both up- and down modulation. As used herein, the term "infectivity" or "virulence" includes the ability of a to pathogenic microbe to colonize a host, a first step required in order to establish growth in a host. Infectivity or virulence is required for a microbe to be a pathogen. In addition, a virulent microbe is one which can cause a severe infection. Exemplary virulence factors include: factors involved in outermembrane protein expression, microbial toxins, factors involved in biofihm formation, factors 15 involved in carbohydrate transport and metabolism, factors involved in cell envelope synthesis, and factors involved in lipid metabolism. As used herein, the term "pathogen" includes both obligate and opportunistic organisms. The ability of a microbe to resist antibiotics is also important in promoting growth in a host, however, in one embodiment, antibiotic 20 resistance is not included in the terms "infectivity" or "virulence" as used herein. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the instant invention pertains to methods of reducing the infectivity or virulence of a microbe without affecting (e.g., increasing or decreasing) antibiotic resistance. Preferably, as used herein, the term "infectivity or virulence" includes the ability of an organism to establish itself in a host by 25 evading the host's barriers and immunologic defenses. The term "transcription factor" includes proteins that are involved in gene regulation in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisns. In one embodiment, transcription factors can have a positive effect on gene expression and, thus, may be referred to as an "activator" or a "transcriptional activation factor." In another 30 embodiment, a transcription factor can negatively effect gene expression and, thus, may be referred to as repressorss" or a "transcription repression factor." -9- The term "AraC family polypeptide," "AraC-XyIS family polypeptide" include an art recognized group of prokaryotic transcription factors which contains hundreds of different proteins (Gallegos et aL., (1997) Micro. MoL. Biol. Rev. 61: 393; Martin and Rosner, (2001) Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 4:132). AraC family 5 polypeptides include proteins defined in the PROS1TE (PS) database as profile PS01124. The AraC family polypeptides also include polypeptides described in PS0041, HTH AraC Family 1, and PS01124, and HTH AraC Family 2. Multiple sequence alignments for exemplary AraC-XylS family polypeptides are shown in Figure 1. Exemplary AraC family polypeptides are also shown in Table 1. In an 10 embodiment, the AraC family polypeptides are generally comprised of, at the level of primary sequence, a conserved stretch of about 100 amino acids, which are believed to be responsible for the DNA binding activity of these proteins (Gallegos et al., (1997) Micro. Mol. Biol Rev. 61: 393; Martin and Rosner, (2001) Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 4: 132). AraC family polypeptides also may include two helix 15 turn helix DNA binding motifs (Martin and Rosner, (2001) Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 4: 132; Gallegos et aL., (1997) Micro. MoL. Bio. Rev. 61: 393; Kwon et al., (2000) Nat. Struct. Bio!. 7: 424; Rhee et al., (1998) Proc. Nat. Acad Sc. U.S.A. 95: 10413). The term includes MarA family polypeptides and HTH proteins. An exemplary signature pattern which defines the AraC family polypeptides 20 is shown, e.g., on PROSITE and is represented by the sequence: [KRQ]-[L1VMA] X(2)-[GSTALI]-FYWGDN}X(2)LVMSA]-X(4,9)-[LIVMP]-X(2) [L1VMSTA]-X(2)-[GSTACIL]-X(3)-[GANQRF]-[LIVMFY-X(4,5)-[LFY]-X(3) [FYIVA]- {FYWHCM}-X(3)-[GSADENQKRP]-X-[NSTAPKL]-[PARL], where X is any amino acid. 25 In one embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for modulating an AraC family polypeptide, by contacting the AraC family polypeptide with a test compound which interacts with a portion of the polypeptide involved in DNA binding. Transcription factors of the AraC family can be active as monomers or dimers. In one embodiment, a transcription factor of the invention belongs to the 30 AraC family and is active as a monomer. In another embodiment, a transcription factor of the invention belongs to the AraC family and is active as a dimer. -10- In one embodiment, a transcription factor of the instant invention excludes one or more of: VirF (LcrF), V38K, BvgA/BvgS, PhoP/PhoQ, EnvZ/OmpR, ToxRIToxS, ToxT, AggR, ExsA, PerA, RNS, LysR, SpvR, IrgB, LasR, SdiA, VirB, AlgR, or LuxR. 5 AraC family members belong to a larger group of transcription factors which comprise helix-turn-helix domains. "Helix-tum-helix domains" are known in the art and have been implicated in DNA binding (Ann Rev. ofBiochem. 1984. 53:293). An example of the consensus sequence for a helix-turn domain can be found in Brmelle and Scbleif (1989. J. Mol. Biol. 209:607). The domain has been 10 illustrated by the sequence XXXPhoAlaXPhoGlyPhoXXXXPhoXXPhoXX, where X is any amino acid and Pho is a hydrophobic amino acid. The helix-turn-helix domain was the first DNA-binding protein motif to be recognized. Although originally the HTH domain was identified in bacterial proteins, the HTH domain has since been found in hundreds of DNA-binding 15 proteins from both eukaryotes and prokaryotes. It is constructed from two alpha helices connected by a short extended chain of amino acids, which constitutes the "turn." In one embodiment, a transcription factor of the invention comprises at least one helix-tum-helix domain. In one embodiment, a transcription factor of the invention is a Mar A family 20 polypeptide. The language 'MarA family polypeptide" includes the many naturally occurring HTH proteins, such as transcription regulation proteins which have sequence similarities to MarA and which contain the AraC signature pattern. MarA family polypeptides have two "helix-turn-helix" domains. This signature patter was derived from the region that follows the first, most amino terminal, helix-turn 25 helix domain (HTH1) and includes the totality of the second, most carboxy terminal helix-tum-helix domain (HT=2). (See PROSITE PS00041). The MarA family of proteins ("MarA family polypeptides") represent one subset of AraC-Xy1S family polypeptides and include proteins like MarA, SoxS, Rob, Rma, AarP, PqrA, etc. The MarA family polypeptides, generally, are 30 involved in regulating resistance to antibiotics, organic solvents, and oxidative stress agents (Alekshun and Levy, (1997) Antimicrob. Agents. Chemother. 41: 2067). Like other AraC-XylS family polypeptides, MarA-like proteins also generally contain two HTH motifs as exemplified by the MarA and Rob crystal - 11 structures (Kwon et al., (2000) Nat. Struct. BioL 7: 424; Rhee et al., (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95: 10413). Members of the MarA family can be identified by those skilled in the art and will generally be represented by proteins with homology to amino acids 30-76 and 77-106 of MarA (SEQ ID. NO. 1). 5 Preferably, a MarA family polypeptide or portion thereof comprises a first MarA family HTH domain (HTH1) (Brunelle, 1989, JMol Biol; 209(4):607-22). In another embodiment, a MarA polypeptide comprises the second MarA family HTH domain (HTHZ) (Caswell, 1992, Biochem J.; 287:493-509.). In a preferred embodiment, a MarA polypeptide comprises both the first and second MarA family 10 HTH domains. Exemplary MarA family polypeptides are shown, e.g., in Table 2, Figure 1, and at Prosite (PS00041) and include, e.g.,: AarP, Ada, AdaA, AdiY, AfrR, AggR, AppY, AraC, CfaR, CelD, CfaD, CavR, D90812, EnvY, ExsA, FapR, HtpB, InF, InvF, LcrF, LumQ, MarA, MeIR, MixE, MmsR, MsmR, OrfR, Orf f375, PchR, 15 PerA, PocR, PqrA, RafR, RamA, RhaR, RhaS, Rns, Rob, SoxS, S52856, TetD, TcpN, ThcR, TmbS, U73857, U34257, U21191, UreR, VirF, XylR, XylS, Xysl, 2, 3,4, Ya52, YbbB, YfLF, YisR, YzbC, YijO, BfaA, PerA, ctxA, YbtA, VirF (LcrF), V38K, BvgA/BvgS, PhoP/PhoQ, Env7VOmpR, ToxR/ToxS, ToxT, AggR, ExsA, PerA, RNS, LysR, SpvR, IrgB, LasR, SdiA, VirB, AlgR, LuxR, BfpT, GadX, 20 MxiE, CfaR, fapR, CavR, Rns, invF, HilC, SprA, SirC, HilD, VC1825, or VCA0231. In particularly preferred embodiments, a MarA family polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of: MarA, RamA, AarP, Rob, SoxS, and PqrA. The nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the E. colt Rob molecule are shown in 25 SEQ ID NO:3 and 4, respectively. - 12- TABLE 2. Some Bacterial MarA homologsa Gram-negative Gram-positive bacteria bacteria Escherichia coli Kiebsiella pnewnoniae Lactobacillus helveticus MarA (1) RamA (27) U34257 (38) OrfR (2, 3) SoxS (4, 5) Haemophilus Azorhizobium influenzae caulinodans AfrR (6) Ya52 (28) S52856 (39) AraC (7) CelD (8) Yersinia spp. Streptomyces spp. D90812 (9) CafR (29) U21191 (40) FapR (10, 11) LtF (30) or VirF (30) AraL (41) MeIR (12) ORP f375 (13, 14) Providencia stuartii Streptococcus mutans RhaR (15, 16, 17) AarP (31) MsmR (42) RhaS (18) Rob (19) Pseudomonas spp. Pediococcus pentosaceus U73857 (20) MmsR (32) RafR (43) XyIR (21) TmbS (33) YijO (22) XyIS (34) Photobacterium leIognathi Xysl,2,3,4 (35, 36) LumQ (44) Proteus vulgaris PqrA (23) Cyanobacteria Bacillus subtilis Synechocystis app. AdaA (45) Salmonella LumQ (37) YbbB (46) typhimurium MarA (24) PchR (37) YfiF (47) InvP (25) YisR (48) -13- PocR (26) YzbC (49) a The smaller MarA homologs, ranging in size from 87 (U34257) to 138 (OrfR) amino acid residues, are represented in boldface. References are given in parentheses and are listed below. 5 References for Table 2: (1) S.P. Cohen, et a!. 1993. J. Bacteriol. 175:1484-1492 (2) G.M. Braus, et a!. 1984. J. BacterioL 160:504-509 (3) K. Schollmeier, et al., 1984. J. Bacteriol. 160:499-503 (4) C.F. Amabile-Cuevas, et al., 1991. Nucleic Acids Res. 19:4479-4484 10 (5) J.Wu, etal., 1991.J. Bacteriol. 173:2864-2871 (6) M.K. Wolf, et al., 1990. Infect. Immune. 58:1124-1128 (7) C.M. Stoner, et al. 1982. J. Mo. Biol. 153:649-652 (8) L.L. Parker, et al., 1990. Genetics 123:455-471 (9) H. Mori, 1996. Unpublished data taken from the NCBI databases 15 (10) P. Klaasen, et a., 1990. Mol. Microbiol. 4:1779-1783 (11) M. Abmed, et al., 1994.. BioL Chem 269-28506-28513 (12) C. Webster, et al., 1989. Gene 83:207-213 (13) G. Plunkett, I. 1995. Unpublished (14)C Garcia-Martin, et a., 1992. J. Gen. Microbiol. 138:1109-1116 20 (15) G. Plunkett, HI., etal. 1993. Nucleic Actds Rey. 21:3391-3398 (16) C. G. Tate, et al. 1992. J Biol. Chem. 267:6923-6932 (17) J.F. Tobin et aL, 1987. J. MoL Biol. 196:789-799 (18) J.Nishitani, 1991. Gene 105:37-42 (19) R.E. Benz, et aL, 1993. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd Infektionskr. Hyg. 25 Abt.l Orig. 278:187-196 (20) M. Duncan, et a!., 1996. Unpublished data (21) H.J. Sofia, et a., 1994. Nucleic Acids Res. 22:2576-2586 (22) F.R. Blattner, et al., 1993. Nucleic Acids Res. 21:5408-5417 (23) H. Ishida, et a., 1995. Antimicrob. Agent Chemother. 39:453-457 30 (24) M.C. Sulavik, et al., 1997. J. Bacteriol. 179:1857-1866 (25) K. Kaniga, et al., 1994. MoL MicrobioL 13:555-568 (26) J.R. Roth, et a. 1993. J. Bacteriol. 175:3303-3316 -14- (27) A.M. George, et al., 1983. J. Bacteriol. 155:541-548 (28) R.D. Fleischmann, et al., 1995. Science 269:469-512 (29) E.B. Galyov, et al., 1991. FEBS Lett. 286:79-82 (30) N.P. Hoe, et al., 1992. J Bacterio. 174:4275-4286 5 (31) G. Cornelis, et al., 1989. J. Bacteriol. 171:254-262 (32) D.R. Macinga, et al., 1995. J. Bacteriol. 177:3407-3413 (33) MI Steele, et al., 1992. J. Biol. Chem. 267:13585-13592 (34) G. Deho, et al., 1995. Unpublished data (35) N. Mermod, et al., 1984. EMBO J. 3:2461-2466 10 (36) SJ. Assinder, et al., 1992. Nucleic Acids Res. 20:5476 (37) SJ. Assinder, et al., 1993. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139:557-568 (38) B.G. Dudley, et al., 1996. J. Bacteriol. 178:701-704 (39) D. Geelen, et al., 1995. Unpublished data (40) J. Kormanec, et al., 1995. Gene 165:77-80 15 (41) C.W. Chen, et al., 1992. J. Bacterial. 174:7762-7769 (42) RR. Russell, et al., 1992. J. Biol. Chem, 267:4631-4637 (43) K.L Leenhouts, et al., 1995. Unpublished data (44) J.W. Lin, et al., 1995. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 217:684-695 (45) F. Morohoshi, et al. 1990. Nucleic Acids Res. 18:5473-5480 20 (46) M. Rosenberg, et al., 1979. Annu. Rev. Genet. 13:319-353 (47) H. Yamamoto, i al., 1996. Microbiology 142:1417-1421 (48) L.B. Bussey, et al., 1993. J Bacteriol. 175:6348-6353 (49) P.G. Quirk, et al., 1994. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1186:27-34 25 Members of transcription factor families share common properties, e.g., certain structural and functional characteristics are shared among the family members. Accordingly, it will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that the structural relatedness inquiries described below (e.g., based on primary nucleic acid or amino acid sequence homology (or on the presence of certain signature 30 domains) or on hybridization as an indicator of such nucleic acid homology), or based on three-dimensional correspondence of amino acids) can be used to identify members of the various transcription factor families. -15- Transcription factors belonging to particular families are "structurally related" to one or more known family members, e.g., members of the MarA family of transcription factors are structurally related to MarA. This relatedness can be shown by sequence or structural similarity between two polypeptide sequences or 5 between two nucleotide sequences that specify such polypeptides. Sequence similarity can be shown, e.g., by optimally aligning sequences using an alignment program for purposes of comparison and comparing corresponding positions. To determine the degree of similarity between sequences, they will be aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps may be introduced in the sequence of one to protein for nucleic acid molecule for optimal alignment with the other protein or nucleic acid molecules). The amino acid residues or bases and corresponding amino acid positions or bases are then compared. When a position in one sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or by the same base as the corresponding position in the other sequence, then the molecules are identical at 15 that position. If amino acid residues are not identical, they may be similar. As used herein, an amino acid residue is "similar" to another amino acid residue if the two amino acid residues are members of the same family of residues having similar side chains. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art (see, for example, Altschul et al. 1990. J. Mo. Biol. 215:403) 20 including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side cains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, praline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains 25 (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan). The degree (percentage) of similarity between sequences, therefore, is a function of the number of identical or similar positions shared by two sequences (i.e., % homology = # of identical or similar positions/total # of positions x 100). Alignment strategies are well known in the art; see, for example, Altschul et al. supra for optimal sequence alignment 30 Transcription factors belonging to certain families may also share some amino acid sequence similarity with a known member of that family. The nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of exemplary members of transcription factor are available in the art. For ample, the nucleic acid and aminn acid sequence of - 16- MarA can be found, e.g., on GeneBank (accession number M96235 or in Cohen et al. 1993. J Bacteriol. 175:1484, or in SEQ ID NO:1 and SEQ ID NO:2. The nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequences of a known member of a transcription factor family can be used as "query sequences" to perform a search 5 against databases (e.g., either public or private) to, for example, identify other family members having related sequences. Such searches can be performed, e.g., using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score = 100, wordlength =12 to obtain nucleotide sequences 10 homologous to MarA family nucleic acid molecules. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score = 50, wordlength =3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to transcription factors of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(17):3389-3402. When 15 utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. Transcription factor family members can also be identified as being similar based on their ability to specifically hybridize to nucleic acid sequences specifying a known member of a transcription factor family. Such stringent conditions are 20 known to those skilled in the art and can be found e.g., in Crarent Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6. A preferred, non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45*C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2 X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 50-65*C. Conditions for hybridizations are 25 largely dependent on the melting temperature Tm that is observed for half of the molecules of a substantially pure population of a double-stranded nucleic acid. Tm is the temperature in *C at which half the molecules of a given sequence are melted or single-stranded. For nucleic acids of sequence 11 to 23 bases, the Tm can be estimated in degrees C as 2(number of A+T residues) + 4(number of C+G 30 residues). Hybridization or annealing of nucleic acid molecules should be conducted at a temperature lower than the Tm, e.g., 15*C, 20"C, 25"C or 30*C lower than the Tm. The effect of salt concentration (in M of NaCI) can also be -17calculated, see for example, Brown, A., "Hybridization" pp. 503-506, in The Encyclopedia ofMolec. Biol., J. Kendrew, Ed., Blackwell, Oxford (1994). Preferably, the nucleic acid sequence of a transcription factor family member identified in this way is at least about 10%, 20%, more preferably at least 5 about 30%, more preferably at least about 40% identical and preferably at least about 50%, or 60% identical to a query nucleotide sequence. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid sequence of a family member is at least about 70%, 80%, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95% identical with a query nucleotide sequence. Preferably, family members have an aminn acid 10 sequence at least about 20%, preferably at least about 30%, more preferably at least about 40% identical and preferably at least about 50%, or 60% or more identical with a query amino acid sequence. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid sequence of a family member is at least about 70%, 80%, more preferably at least about 90%, or more preferably at least about 95% identical with a query nucleotide 15 sequence. However, it will be understood that the level of sequence similarity among microbial regulators of gene transcription, even though members of the same family, is not necessarily high. This is particularly true in the case of divergent genomes where the level of sequence identity may be low, e.g., less than 20% (e.g., 20 B. brgdoiferi as compared e.g., to B. subtilis). Accordingly, structural similarity among transcription factor family members can also be determined based on "thre dimensional correspondence" of amino acid residues. As used herein, the language "three-dimensional correspondence" is meant to includes residues which spatially correspond, e.g., are in the same position of a known transcription factor family 25 member as determined, e.g., by x-ray crystallography, but which may not correspond when aligned using a linear alignment program. The language "three dimensional correspondence" also includes residues which perform the same function, e.g., bind to DNA or bind the same cofactor, as determined, e.g., by mutational analysis. Such analysis can be performed using comparison programs 30 that are publicly available. The term "transcription factor modulating compound" or transcription factor modulator" includes compounds which modulate transcription, i.e., which affect the expression and/or activity of one or more transcription factors, such that -18the expression and/or activity of the transcription factor is modulated, e.g., enhanced or inhibited. The term includes e.g., AraC family modulating compounds, winged helix modulating compounds, looped-binge helix modulating compounds and MarA family modulating compounds. In one embodiment, the 5 transcription factor modulating compound is an inhibiting compound of a microbial transcription factor, e.g., a prokaryotic transcription factor or a eukaryotic transcription activation factor. In another embodiment, the modulating compound preferentially modulates a transcription factor present in a microbial cell, while not modulating a transcription factor in a host organism harboring the microbial cell. 10 In one embodiment, the modulating compound modulates a prokaryotic transcription factor and not a eukaryotic transcription factor. Exemplary eukaryotic cell transcription factors are taught in the art (e.g., Warrn. 2002. Current Opinion in Structural Biology. 12:107). In one embodiment, a compound is an HTH protein modulating compound. is The term "HTH protein modulating compound" or "HTH protein modulator" includes compounds which interact with one or more proteins comprising an HTH domain such that the activity of the HTH protein is modulated, e.g., enhanced or, inhibited. In one embodiment, the HTH protein modulating compound is a MarA family polypeptide modulating compound. In one embodiment, the activity of the 20 HTH protein is enhanced when it interacts with the HTH protein modulating compound. In a preferred embodiment, the activity of the HTH protein is decreased upon an interaction with the HTH protein modulating compound. Values and ranges included and/or intermediate of the values set forth herein are also intended to be within the scope of the present invention. 25 The term 'MarA family polypeptide modulating compound" or "MarA family modulating compound" include compounds which interact with one or more MarA family polypeptides such that the activity of the MarA family peptide is enhanced or inhibited, preferably inhibited. In an embodiment, the MarA family polypeptide modulating compound is an inhibiting compound. In a further 30 embodiment, the MarA family inhibiting compound is an inhibitor of MarA, Rob, and/or SoxS. -19- The term "polypeptide(s)" refers to a peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds. "Polypeptide(s)" includes both short chains, commonly referred to as peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers and longer chains generally referred to as proteins. 5 Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene encoded amino acids. "Polypeptide(s)" include those modified either by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical modification techniques. Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature, and 10 they are well known to those of skill in the art. It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications. 15 Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-cheins, and the amino or carboxyl termini. Modifications include, for example, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of 20 a lipid or lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidylinositol, cross linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links, formation of cysteine, formation ofpyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, 25 phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulftion, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation and ADP ribosylation, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins, such as arginylation, and ubiquitination. See, for instance, Proteins-Structure And Molecular Properties, 2" Bd., T. B. Creighton, W. IL 30 Freeman and Company, New York (1993) and Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects, pgs. 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification Of Proteins, B. C. Johnson, Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); Seifter et al., Meth. Enzymol. 182:626-646 (1990) and Rattan et al., Protein -20- Synthesis: Posttranslational Modifications and Aging, Am. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663: 48-62 (1992). Polypeptides may be branched or cyclic, with or without branching. Cyclic, branched and branched circular polypeptides may result from post translational natural processes and may be made by entirely synthetic methods, as 5 well. As used herein, the term "winged helix"includes dimeric transcription factors in which each monomer comprises a helix-turn-helix motif followed by one or two p-hairpin wings (Brennan. 1993. Cell. 74:773; Gajiwala and Burley. 2000. Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 10:110). The classic winged helix motif comprises two 10 wings, three a helices, and three P strands in the sequence Hl-B1-H2-T-H3-B2 W1-B3-W2 (where H is a helix, B is a P strand, T is a turn, and W is a wing), although some variation in structure has been demonstrated (Hufiman and Brennan. 2002. Current Opinion in Structural Biology. 12:98). As used herein the term "looped-hinge helix" included transcription factors, 15 such as AbrB which, in the absence of DNA, have revealed a dimeric N-terminal region consisting of a four-stranded p sheet and a C-terminal DNA-binding region comprising one a, helix and a "looped hinge" (see, e.g., Hunfman and Brennan. 2002 Current Opinion in Structural Biology 12:98). Residues corresponding to R23 and R24 of AbrB are critical for DNA recognition and contribute to the 20 electropositive nature of the DNA-binding region. Preferred polypeptides (and the nucleic acid molecules that encode them) are "naturally occurring." As used herein, a "naturally-occurring" molecule refers to a molecule having an amino acid or a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., a natural polypeptide). In addition, naturally or non-naturally occurring 25 variants of the polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules which retain the same functional activity, (such as, the ability to bind to target nucleic acid molecules (e.g., comprising a marbox) or to polypeptides (e.g. RNA polymerase) with a naturally occurring polypeptide are provided for and can be used in the instant assays. Such immunologic cross-reactivity can be demonstrated, e.g., by the ability 30 of a variant to bind to a transcription factor responsive element. Such variants can be made, e.g., by mutation using techniques that are known in the art. Alternatively, variants can be chemically synthesized. -21 - As used herein the term "variant(s)" includes nucleic acid molecules or polypeptides that differ in sequence from a reference nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide, but retain its essential properties. Changes in the nucleotide sequence of the variant may, or may not, alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide 5 encoded by the reference nucleic acid molecule. Nucleotide or amino acid changes may result in amino acid substitutions, additions, deletions, fusions and tnmcations in the polypeptide encoded by a naturally occurring reference sequence. A typical variant of a polypeptide differs in amino acid sequence from a reference polypeptide. Generally, differences are limited so that the sequences of the 10 reference polypeptide and the variant are closely similar overall and, in many regions, identical. A variant and reference polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence by one or more substitutions, additions, and/or deletions in any combination. A variant of a nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide may be naturally 15 occurring, such as an allelic variant, or it may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally. Non-naturally occurring variants of nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides may be made from a reference nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide by mutagenesis techniques, by direct synthesis, and by other recombinant methods known to skilled artisans. Alternatively, variants can be chemically synthesized. 20 For instance, artificial or mutant forms of autologous polypeptides which are functionally equivalent, (e.g., have the ability to interact with a transcription factor responsive element) can be made using techniques which are well known in the art. Mutations can include, e.g., at least one discrete point mutation which can give rise to a substitution, or by at least one deletion or insertion. For example, 25 mutations can also be made by random mutagenesis or using cassette mutagenesis. For the former, the entire coding region of a molecule is mutagenized by one of several methods (chemical, PCR, doped oligonucleotide synthesis) and that collection of randomly mutated molecules is subjected to selection or screening procedures. In the latter, discrete regions of a polypeptide, corresponding either to 30 defined structural or functional deterninants are subjected to saturating or semi random mutagenesis and these mutagenized cassettes are re-introduced into the context of the otherwise wild type allele. In one embodiment, PCR mutagenesis -22can be used. For example, Megaprimer PCR can be used (O.H. Landt, 1990. Gene 96:125-128). The language "activity of a transcription factor" includes the ability of a transcription factor to interact with DNA, e.g., to bind to a transcription factor 5 responsive promoter, or to initiate transcription from such a promoter. The language "activity of a MarA family polypeptide" includes the ability of the MarA family polypeptide to interact with DNA, e.g., to bind to a MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter, or to initiate transcription from such a promoter. MarA functions both as a transcriptional activator (e.g., upregulating 10 genes such as inaA, gaiT, micF, etc.) and as a repressor (e.g., downregulating genes such as fecA, purA, guaB, etc.) (Alekshun, 1997, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 41:2067-2075; Barbosa & Levy, . Bact. 2000, Vol. 182, p. 3467-3474; Pomposiello et al. J. Bact. 2001, Vol 183, p. 3890-3902). The language "transcription factor responsive element" includes a nucleic 15 acid sequence which can interact with a transcription factor (e.g., promoters or enhancers or operators) which are involved in initiating transcription of an operon in a microbe. Transcription factor responsive elements responsive to various transcription factors are known in the art and additional responsive elements can be identified by one of ordinary skill in the art For example, microarray analysis can 20 be used to identify genes that are regulated by a transcription factor of interest For interest, genes regulated by a transcription factor would be expressed at higher levels in wild type cells than in cells which are deleted for the transcription factor. In addition, genes responsive to a given transcription factor would comprise one or more target sequences responsive to the transcription factor in their promoter 25 regions (Lyons et al. 2000. PNAS 97:7957). Exemplary responsive elements include: araBAD, araE, araFGH (responsive to AraC); melBAD (responsive to MelR); thaSR (responsive to RhaR); rahBAD, rhaT (responsive to RhaS); Pm (responsive to XyIS); fumC, inaA, micF, nfo, pai5, sodA, tolC, acrAB, fidA, fpr, mar, poxB, ribA, and zwf (responsive to MarA, SoxS, Rob); and coo, Ms 30 (responsive to Rns). The language "marA family polypeptide responsive element" includes a nucleic acid sequence which can interact with marA, e.g., promoters or enhancers which are involved in regulating transcription of a nucleic acid sequence in a -23microbe. MarA responsive elements comprise approximately 16 base pair marbox sequence, the sequence critical for the binding of MarA to its target. In addition, a secondary site, the accessory marbox, upstream of the primary marbox contributes to basal and derepressed mar transcription. A marbox may be situated in either the 5 forward or backward orientation. (Martin, 1999, Mot. Microbiol. 34:431-441). In the marRAB operon, the marbox is in the backward orientation and is thus located on the sense strand with respect to marRAB (Martin, 1999, MoL. Microbiol. 34:431 441). Subtle differences within the marbox sequence of particular promoters may account for differential regulation by MarA and other related, e.g., SoxS and Rob, 10 transcription factors (Martin, 2000, Mot Microbiol; 35(3):623-34). In one embodiment, MarA family responsive elements are promoters that are structurally or functionally related to a marA promoter, e.g., interact with MarA or a protein related to MarA. 15 Preferably, the marA family polypeptide responsive element is a marRAB promoter. For example, in the mar operon, several promoters are marA family polypeptide responsive promoters as defined herein, e.g., the 405-bp Thar fragment from the marO region is a marA family responsive promoter (Cohen et al. 1993. J. Bact. 175:7856). In addition, MarA has been shown to bind to a 16 bp MarA 20 binding site (referred to as the "rmarbox" within marO (Martin et aL 1996. J. Bacteriol. 178:2216). MarA also affects transcription from the acrAB; micF; mIr 1,2,3; sip; nfo; inaA;fpr; sodA; soi-i 7,19; zwf-fimC; or rpsF promoters (Alekshun and Levy. 1997. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemother. 41:2067). Other marA family responsive promoters are known in the art and include: 25 araBAD, araE, araFGH and araC, which are activated by AraC; Pm, which is activated by XylS; melAB which is activated by MeiR; and oriC which is bound by Rob. The language "MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter" also includes portions ofthe above promoters which are sufficient to activate transcription upon 30 interaction with a MarA family member protein. The portions of any of the MarA family polypeptide-responsive promoters which are minimally required for their activity can be easily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., using mutagenesis. Exemplary techniques are described by Gallegos et al. (1996, J. -24 - Bacteriol. 178:6427). A "MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter" also includes non-naturally occurring variants of MarA family polypeptide responsive promoters which have the same function as naturally occurring MarA family promoters. Preferably such variants have at least 30% or greater, 40% or greater, or 5 50% or greater, nucleotide sequence identity with a naturally occurring MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter. In preferred embodiments, such variants have at least about 70% nucleotide sequence identity with a naturally occurring MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter. In more preferred embodiments, such variants have at least about 80% nucleotide sequence identity with a naturally 10 occurring MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter. In particularly prefermd embodiments, such variants have at least about 90% nucleotide sequence identity and preferably at least about 95% nucleotide sequence identity with a naturally occurring MarA family polypeptide responsive promoter. In yet other embodiments nucleic acid molecules encoding variants of MarA family polypeptide is responsive promoters are capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules encoding naturally occurring MarA family polypeptide responsive promoters. In one embodiment, the methods described herein can employ molecules identified as responding to the transcription factors of the invention, i.e., molecules 20 in a regulon whose expression is controlled by the transcription factor. For example, compounds that modulate transcription of genes that are directly modulated by a microbial transcription factor (e.g., a marA family transcription factor) can be used to modulate virulence of a microbe or modulate infection by a microbe. In another embodiment, such genes can be identified as important in 25 controlling virulence using the methods described heroin. As used herein, the term "regulon" includes two or more loci in two or more different operons whose expression is regulated by a common repressor or activator protein. The term "interact!'includes close contact between molecules that results in a measurable effect, e.g., the binding of one molecule with another. For example, a 30 transcription factor can interact with a transcription factor responsive element and alter the level of transcription of DNA. Likewise, compounds can interact with a transcription factor and alter the activity of a transcription factor. -25- The term "inducible promoter" includes promoters that are activated to induce the synthesis of the genes they control. As used herein, the term "constitutive promoter" includes promoters that do not require the presence of an inducer, e.g., are continuously active. 5 The term "microbe" includes microorganisms expressing or made to express a transcription factor, e.g., an HTH containing transcription factor, an AraC family polypeptide, or a marA family polypeptide. 'Microbes" are of some economic importance, e.g., are environmentally important or are important as human pathogens. For example, in one embodiment microbes cause environmental 10 problems, e.g., fouling or spoilage, or perform useful functions such as breakdown of plant matter. In another embodiment, microbes are organisms that live in or on mammals and are medically important Preferably microbes are unicellular and include bacteria, fungi, or protozoa. In another embodiment, microbes suitable for use in the invention are multicellular, e.g., parasites or fungi. In preferred 15 embodiments, microbes are pathogenic for humans, animals, or plants. Microbes may be used as intact cells or as sources of materials for cell-free assays and/or as targets in a therapeutic method. In one embodiment, the microbes include prokaryotic organisms. In other embodiments, the microbes include eukaryotic organisms. Tables 1 and 3 provides a partial list of bacterial that comprise MarA 20 homologs. -26- Table 3. A partial list of species thiat have MarA homologues. MarA E. coli UPEC (uropatogenic) EPEC (enteropathogemc) BTEC (enterotoxigenic.) EHEC (enterohemorrhagic) EAEC (enteroaggregtive) BEC (enteroinvasive) FI"EC (enterotoxigenc) DREC (diarrhea-associated hemolytic) CTD (cytolethal distending toxin-' producing Salmonella enterica Cholerauis (septicemnia) Enteritidis enteritis Typhimurium. enteritis Typhimurium (multi-drug resistant) Typhimurium Typhimurium DT1O4 Typhi Yersinta enterocolitia Yerslnia pestis Yersinia psreudotuberculosis Pseudomonwas aeruginosa Enterobacter spp. Kiebsiella sp. Proteus app. Bacillus anthracis Buakholdeia pseudomallez Bruceila =Ui -27 - Vibrio cholerae Citrobacter sp. Shigella sp. S.flexneri S. sonnei S. dysenteriae Providencia stuartii Neisseria meningitidis Mycobacterium tuberculosis Mycobacteriwn leprae Staphylococcus aureus Streptococcus pyogenes Enterococcusfaecalis Bordetella pertussis Bordetella bronchiseptica In one embodiment, the assays described herein can employ indicators, such as selective markers and reporter genes. The term selective marker includes polypeptides that serve as indicators, e.g., provide a selectable or screenable trait 5 when expressed by a cell. The term "selective marker" includes both selectable markers and counterselectable markers. As used herein the term "selectable marker" includes markers that result in a growth advantage when a compound or molecule that fulfills the test parameter of the assay is present The term "counterselectable marker" includes markers that result in a growth disadvantage 10 unless a compound or molecule is present which disrupts a condition giving rise to expression of the counterselectable marker. Exemplary selective markers include cytotoxic gene products, gene products that confer antibiotic resistance, gene products that are essential for growth, gene products that confer a selective growth disadvantage when expressed in the presence of a particular metabolic substrate is (e.g., the expression of the URA3 gene confers a growth disadvantage in the presence of 5-fluoroorotic acid). -28- As used herein the term "reporter gene" includes any gene which encodes an easily detectable product which is operably linked to a regulatory sequence, e.g., to a transcription factor responsive promoter. By operably linked it is meant that under appropriate conditions an RNA polymerase may bind to the promoter of the 5 regulatory region and proceed to transcribe the nucleotide sequence such that the reporter gene is transcribed. In preferred embodiments, a reporter gene consists of the transcription factor responsive promoter linked in frame to the reporter gene. In certain embodiments, however, it may be desirable to include other sequences, e.g, transcriptional regulatory sequences, in the reporter gene construct. For example, 10 modulation of the activity of the promoter may be effected by altering the RNA polymerase binding to the promoter region, or, alternatively, by interfering with initiation of transcription or elongation of the mRNA. Thus, sequences which are herein collectively referred to as transcriptional regulatory elements or sequences may also be included in the reporter gene construct. In addition, the construct may is include sequences of nucleotides that alter translation of the resulting mRNA, thereby altering the amount of reporter gene product. Examples of reporter genes include, but are not limited to CAT (chloramphenicol acetyl transferase) (Alton and Vapnek (1979), Nature 282: 864 869) luciferase, and other enzyme detection systems, such as beta-galactosidase; 20 firefly luciferase (deWet et al. (1987), MoL CelL Biol 7:725-737); bacterial luciferase (Engebrecht and Silverman (1984), PNAS 1: 4154-4158; Baldwin et al. (1984), Btochemtry 23: 3663-3667); PhoA, alkaline phosphatase (Toh et al (1989) Eur. J. Blochem. 182: 231-238, Hall et al. (1983) J. Mol. Appl. Gen. 2: 101), human placental secreted alkaline phosphatase (Cullen and Malim (1992) Methods 25 in EnzymoL 216:362-368) and green fluorescent protein (U.S. patent 5,491,084; W096/23898). In certain embodiments of the invention it will be desirable to obtain "isolated or recombinant" nucleic acid molecules transcription factors or mutant forms thereof The term "isolated or recombinant" includes nucleic acid molecules 30 which have been, e.g., (1) amplified in vitro by, for example, polymerase chain reaction (PCR); (2) recombinantly produced by cloning, or (3) purified, as by cleavage and gel separation; or (4) synthesized by, for example, chemical synthesis. -29 - Such a nucleic acid molecule is isolated from the sequences which naturally flank it in the genome and from cellular components. In yet other embodiments of the invention, it will be desirable to obtain a substantially purified or recombinant transcription factors. Such polypeptides, for 5 example, can be purified from cells which have been engineered to express an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule which encodes a transcription factor. For example, as described in more detail below, a bacterial cell can be transformed with a plasmid which encodes a transcription factor. The transcription factor can then be purified from the bacterial cells and used, for example, in the cell-free 10 assays described herein or known in the art As used herein, the term "antibiotic" includes antimicrobial agents isolated from natural sources or chemically synthesized. The term "antibiotic" refers to antimicrobial agents for use in human therapy. Preferred antibiotics include: tetracyclines, fluoroquinolones, chloramphenicol, penicillins, cephalosporins, 15 puromycin, nalidixic acid, and rifampin. The term "test compound" includes any reagent or test agent which is employed in the assays of the invention and assayed for its ability to influence the activity of a transcription factor, e.g., an AraC family polypeptide, an HTH protein, and/or a MarA family polypeptide, e.g., by binding to the polypeptide or to a 20 molecule with which it interacts. More than one compound, e.g., a plurality of compounds, can be tested at the same time for their ability to modulate the activity of a transcription factor, e.g., an AraC family polypeptide, an HTH protein, or a MarA family polypeptide, activity in a screening assay. The term "screening assay" preferably refers to assays which test the ability of a plurality of compounds to 25 influence the readout of choice rather than to tests which test the ability of one compound to influence a readout In one embodiment, high throughput screening can be used to assay for the activity of a compound. In one embodirmet, the test compound is a MarA family modulating compound. Exemplary test compounds which can be screened for activity include, but 30 are not limited to, peptides, non-peptidic compounds, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small organic molecules (e.g., polyketides), and natural product extract libraries. The term "non-peptidic test compound" includes compounds that are comprised, at least in part, of molecular structures different from naturally-occurring L-amino -30acid residues linked by natural peptide bonds. However, "non-peptidic test compounds" also include compounds composed, in whole or in part, of peptidomimetic stuctures, such as D-amino acids, non-naturally-occurring L amino acids, modified peptide backbones and the like, as well as compounds that 5 are composed, in whole or in part, of molecular structures unrelated to naturally occuning L-anin acid residues linked by natural peptide bonds. "Non-peptidic -test compounds" also are intended to include natural products. In one embodiment, small molecules can be used as test compounds. The term "small molecule" is a term of the art and includes molecules that are less than 10 about 7500, less than about 5000, less than about 1000 molecular weight or less than about 500 molecular weight. In one embodiment, small molecules do not exclusively comprise peptide bonds. In another embodiment, small molecules are not oligomeric. Exemplary small molecule compounds which can be screened for activity include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics, nucleic acids, 15 carbohydrates, small organic molecules (e.g., polyketides) (Cane et al. 1998. Science 282:63), and natural product extract libraries. In another embodiment, the compounds are small, organic non-peptidic compounds. In a further embodiment, a small molecule is not biosynthetic. For example, a small molecule is preferably not itself the product of transcription or translation. 20 The term "antagonist" includes transcription factor modulating compounds (e.g., AraC family polypeptide modulating compounds, HTH protein modulating compounds, MarA family polypeptide modulating compounds, etc.) which inhibit the activity of a transcription factor by binding to and inactivating the transcription factor (e.g., an AraC family modulating compound, an MarA family polypeptide 25 modulating compound, etc.), e.g., by binding to a nucleic acid target with which the transcription factor interacts (e.g., for MarA, a marbox), by disrupting a signal transduction pathway responsible for activation of a particular regulon (e.g., for Mar, the inactivation of MarR or activation of MarA synthesis), and/or by disrupting a critical protein-protein interaction (e.g., MarA-RNA polymerase 30 interactions that are required for MarA to function as a transcription factor.) Antagonists may include, for example, naturally (e.g., TrpR-tryptophan and LacI lactose) or chemically synthesized compounds such as small cell permeable organic molecules, nucleic acid interchelators, peptides, etc. -31- The term "agonist" includes transcription factor modulating compounds (e.g., AraC family polypeptide modulating compounds, HTH protein modulating compounds, MarA family polypeptide modulating compounds, etc.) which promote the activity of a transcription factor by binding to and activating the transcription 5 factor (e.g., an AraC family modulating compound, an MarA family polypeptide modulating compound, etc.), by binding to a nucleic acid target with which the transcription factor interacts (e.g., for MarA, a marbox), by facilitating a signal transduction pathway responsible for activation of a particular regulon (e.g., for Mar, the inactivation of MarR or activation of MarA synthesis), and/or by 10 facilitating a critical protein-protein interaction (e.g., MarA-RNA polymerase interactions that are required for MarA to function as a transcription factor.) Agonists may include, for example, naturally or chemically synthesized compounds such as small cell permeable organic molecules, nucleic acid interchelators, peptides, etc. 15 It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that transcription factors can activate or repress transcription. Accordingly, a modulator (e.g., an agonist or antagonist) may increase or decrease transcription depending upon the activity of the unmodulated transcription factor. 20 11 Polypeptides Comprising Microbial Transcription Factors or Transcription Factor Domains Polypeptides comprising transcription factors or transcription factor 25 domains can be naturally occurring proteins or, e.g., can be fusion proteins comprising a portion of at least one transcription factor (e.g., a domain that retains an activity of the fall-length polypeptide, e.g., which is capable of binding to a transcription factor responsive element or which retains their indicator function, e.g., a helix-turn-helix domain) and a non-transcription factor protein. 30 Nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides transcription factors or functional domains thereof can be expressed in cells using vectors. Almost any conventional delivery vector can be used. Such vectors are widely available commercially and it is within the knowledge and discretion of one of ordinary skill -32in the art to choose a vector which is appropriate for use with a given microbial cell. The sequences encoding these polypeptides can be introduced into a cell on a self-replicating vector or may be introduced into the chromosome of a microbe using homologous recombination or by an insertion element such as a transposon. 5 Almost any conventional delivery vector can be used. Such vectors are widely available commercially and it is within the knowledge and discretion of one of ordinary skill in the art to choose a vector which is appropriate for use with a given microbial cell. The sequences encoding these domains can be introduced into a cell on a self-replicating vector or may be introduced into the chromosome of a 10 microbe using homologous recombination or by an insertion element such as a transposon. These nucleic acids can be introduced into microbial cells using standard techniques, for example, by transformation using calcium chloride or electroporation. Such techniques for the introduction of DNA into microbes are 15 well known in the art. In one embodiment a nucleic acid molecule which has been amplified in vitro by, for example, polymerase chain reaction (PCR); recombinantly produced by cloning, or) purified, as by cleavage and gel separation; or synthesized by, for example, chemical synthesis can be used to produce MarA family polypeptides 20 (George, A. M. & Levy, S. B. (1983)J. Bacteriol. 155, 541-548; Cohen, S. P. et aL. (1993) J Infect. Dis. 168, 484-488; Cohen, S. P et al. (1993) J BacterioL 175, 1484-1492; Sulavick, M. C. et aL (1997) J. Bacteriol. 179, 1857-1866). Host cells can be genetically engineered to incorporate nucleic acid molecules of the invention. In one embodiment nucleic acid molecules specifying 25 transcription factors can be placed in a vector. The term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid molecule to which it has been linked. The term "expression vector" or "expression system" includes any vector, (e.g., a plasmid, cosmid or phage chromosome) containing a gene construct in a form suitable for expression by a cell (e.g., linked to a promoter). In the 30 present specification, "plasmid" and "vector" are used interchangeably, as a plasmid is a commonly used form of vector. Moreover, the invention is intended to include other vectors which serve equivalent functions. A great variety of expression systems can be used to produce the polypeptides of the invention. Such vectors -33 include, among others, chromosomal, episomal and virus-derived vectors, e.g., vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophage, from transposons, from yeast episomes, from insertion elements, from yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, 5 adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements, such as cosmids and phagemids. Appropriate vectors are widely available commercially and it is within the knowledge and discretion of one of ordinary skill in the art to choose a vector 10 which is appropriate for use with a given host cell. The sequences encoding a transcription factor, such as, for example, MarA family polypeptides, can be introduced into a cell on a self-replicating vector or may be introduced into the chromosome of a microbe using homologous recombination or by an insertion element such as a transposon. 15 The genes specifying these proteins can be amplified using PCR and bacterial genomic DNA. These PCR products can then be cloned into pETl5b (Novagen, Madison, W), to incorporate a 6-His tag in each protein, and proteins will be expressed and purified according to standard methods. The expression system constructs may contain control regions that regulate 20 expression. "Transcriptional regulatory sequence" is a generic term to refer to DNA sequences, such as initiation signals, enhancers, operators, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of polypeptide coding sequences with which they are operably linked. It will also be understood that a recombinant gene encoding a transcription factor gene, e.g., an HTH protein gene or an AraC family 25 polypeptide, e.g., MarA family polypeptide, can be under the control of transcriptional regulatory sequences which are the same or which are different from those sequences which control transcription of the naturally-occurring transcription factor gene. Exemplary regulatory sequences are described in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, 30 CA (1990). For instance, any of a wide variety of expression control sequences, that control the expression of a DNA sequence when operatively linked to it, may be used in these vectors to express DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide. -34- Generally, any system or vector suitable to maintain, propagate or express nucleic acid molecules and/or to express a polypeptide in a host may be used for expression in this regard. The appropriate DNA sequence may be inserted into the expression system by any of a variety of well-known and routine techniques, such 5 as, for example, those set forth in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, (supra). Exemplary expression vectors for expression of a gene encoding a polypeptide and capable of replication in a bacterium, e.g., a gram positive, gram negative, or in a cell of a simple eukaryotic fimgus such as a Saccharomyces or, 10 Pichia, or in a cell of a eukaryotic organism such as an insect, a bird, a mammal, or a plant, are known in the art. Such vectors may carry functional replication specifying sequences (replicons) both for a host for expression, for example a Streptomyces, and for a host, for example, E. coll, for genetic manipulations and vector construction. See, e.g., U.S. 4,745,056. Suitable vectors for a variety of 15 organisms are described in Ausubel, F. et al., Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley, New York (1995), and for example, for Pichia, can be obtained from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA). Useful expression control sequences, include, for example, the early and late promoters of SV40, adenovirus or cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter, 20 the lac system, the trp system, the TAC or TRC system, T7 promoter whose expression is directed by T7 RNA polymerase, the major operator and promoter regions of phage lambda, the control regions for fd coat polypeptide, the promoter for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, the promoters of acid phosphatase, e.g., Pho5, the promoters of the yeast o-mating factors, the 25 polyhedron promoter of the baculovirus system and other sequences known to control the expression of genes of prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or their viruses, and various combinations thereof. A useful translational enhancer sequence is described in U.S. 4,820,639. In one embodiment, an inducible promoter will be employed to express a 30 polypeptide of the invention. For example, in one embodiment, trp (induced by tryptophan), tar (induced by lactose), or tet (induced by tetracycline) can be used in bacterial cells, or GALl (induced by galactose) can be used in a host cellcell. -35- In another embodiment, a constitutive promoter can be used to express a polypeptide of the invention. It should be understood that the design of the expression vector may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed and/or the type of 5 polypeptide desired to be expressed. Representative examples of appropriate hosts include bacterial cells, such as gram positive, gram negative cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells and Aspergillus cells; insect cells such as Drosophila 52 and Spodoplera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS, HeLa, C127, 3T3, BHK, 293 and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. 10 In one embodiment, cells used to express heterologous polypeptides of the invention, comprise a mutation which renders one or more endogenous transcription factors, such as a AraC family polypeptide or a MarA family polypeptide, nonfunctional or causes one or more endogenous polypeptide to not be expressed. Manipulation of the genetic background in this manner allows for 15 screening for compounds that modulate specific transcription factors, such as MarA family members or AraC family members, or more than one transcription factors. In other embodiments, mutations may also be made in other related genes of the host cell, such that there will be no interference from the endogenous host loci. In yet another embodiment, a mutation may be made in a chromosomal gene to 20 create a heterotroph. Introduction of a nucleic acid molecule into the host cell ("transformation") can be effected by methods described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology, (1986) and Sambrook at al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 25 Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). Examples include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, transvection, microisjection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, scrape loading, ballistic introduction and infection. Purification ofpolypeptides, e.g., recombinantly expressed polypeptides, 30 can be accomplished using techniques known in the art. For example, if the polypeptide is expressed in a form that is secreted from cells, the medium can be collected. Alternatively, if the polypeptide is expressed in a form that is retained by cells, the host cells can be lysed to release the polypeptide. Such spent medium or -36cell lysate can be used to concentrate and purify the polypeptide. For example, the medium or lysate can be passed over a column, e.g., a column to which antibodies specific for the polypeptide have been bound. Alternatively, such antibodies can be specific for a second polypeptide which has been fused to the first polypeptide 5 (e.g., as a tag) to facilitate purification of the first polypeptide. Other means of purifying polypeptides are known in the art. III. Methods for Identifying Antiinfective Compounds Which Modulate an Activity of a Transcription Factor 10 Transcription factor agonists and antagonists can be assayed in a variety of ways. For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides for methods for identifying a compound which modulates an transcription factor, e.g., by measuring the ability of the compound to interact with an transcription factor nucleic. acid 15 molecule or an transcription factor polypeptide or the ability of a compound to modulate the activity and/or expression of an transcription factor polypeptide. Furthermore, the ability of a compound to modulate the binding of an transcription factor polypeptide or transcription factor nucleic acid molecule to a 20 molecule to which they normally bind, e.g., a nucleic acid, cofactor, or protein molecule can be tested. In one embodiment, a transcription factor and its cognate DNA sequence can be present in a cell free system, e.g., a cell lysate and the effect of the compound on that interaction can be measured using techniques known in the art. 25 In a preferred embodiment, the assay system is a cell-based system. Compounds identified using the subject methods are useful, eg., in reducing microbial virulence and, thereby, and in reducing the ability of the microbe to cause infection in a host. The ability of the test compound to modulate the expression and/or activity 30 of a transcription factor can be determined in a variety of ways. Exemplary methods which can be used in the instant assays are known in the art and are described, e.g., in 5,817,793 and WO 99/61579. Other exemplary methods are described in more detail below. -37 - In one embodiment, the invention provides for methods of identifying a test compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor, (e.g., an HTH protein, a MarA family polypeptide, an AraC family polypeptide, etc.) by contacting a cell expressing a transcription factor (or portion thereof) with a 5 test compound under conditions which allow interaction of the test compound with Cell-based assays can be performed in a relatively high-throughput manner using automatic liquid dispensers and robotic instrumentation. Optionally, controls can be included to identify compounds that are inhibitory to cell growth. Also, 10 MIC assays, achieved using robotic instrumentation and a standard panel of different gram-positive and gram-negative organisms, can be performed on any compounds identified using standard methods. Preferably, a tanscription factor modulatory compound has no intrinsic antibacterial activity. For in vitro assays, control molecules, e.g.,non-MarA or AraC proteins can is optionally be included to detect non-specific interactions, e.g., DNA interchelators, of compounds. Preferably, the compounds identified using the instant assays are effective at modulating at least one transcription factor. In one embodiment, the compounds are effective at modulating more than one transcription factor. In one embodiment, 20 the compound is effective at modulating more than one related transcription factor. In another embodiment, the compound is effective at modulating more than one unrelated transcription factor. In another embodiment, a compound specifically modulates one transcription factor. The assays of the invention can be combined. For example, compounds can 25 be identified in a preliminary cell-free screening assay. Promising compounds can be further tested in cell based and/or animal assays. 1. Whole Cell Assays In one embodiment of the invention, the subject screening assays can be 30 performed using whole cells. In one embodiment of the invention, the step of determining whether a compound reduces the activity or expression of a transcription factor comprises contacting a cell expressing a transcription factor -38with a compound and measuring the ability of the compound to modulate the activity and/or expression of a transcription factor. In another embodiment, modulators of transcription factor expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and 5 the expression of transcription factor mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of transcription factor mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of transcription factor mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of transcription factor 10 expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of transcription factor mRNA or protein is greater (e.g., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of transcription factor mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of transcription factor mRNA 15 or protein is less (e.g., statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of transcription factor mRNA or protein expression. The level of transcription factor mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting transcription factor mRNA or protein. 20 To measure expression of a transcription factor, transcription of a transcription factor gene can be measured in control cells which have not been treated with the compound and compared with that of test cells which have been treated with the compound. For example, cells which express endogenous transcription factors or which are engineered to express or overexpress recombinant 25 transcription factors can be caused to express or overexpress a recombinant transcription factor in the presence and absence of a test modulating agent of interest, with the assay scoring for modulation in transcription factor responses by the target cell mediated by the test agent. For example, as with the cell-free assays, modulating agents which produce a change, e.g., a statistically significant change in 30 transcription factor -dependent responses (either an increase or decrease) can be identified. - 39 - Recombinant expression vectors that can be used for expression of tramnscription factor are known in the art (see discussions above). In one embodiment, within the expression vector the transcription factor -coding sequences are operatively linked to regulatory sequences that allow for constitutive 5 or inducible expression of transcription factor in the indicator cell(s). Use of a recombinant expression vector that allows for constitutive or inducible expression of transcription factor in a cell is preferred for identification of compounds that enhance or inhibit the activity of transcription factor. In an alternative embodiment, within the expression vector the transcription factor coding sequences 10 are operatively linked to regulatory sequences of the endogenous transcription factor gene (i.e., the promoter regulatory region derived from the endogenous gene). Use of a recombinant expression vector in which transcription factor expression is controlled by the endogenous regulatory sequences is preferred for identification of compounds that enhance or inhibit the transcriptional expression of 15 transcription factor. In one embodiment, the level of transcription can be determined by measuring the amount of RNA produced by the cell. For example, the RNA can be isolated from cells which express a transcription factor and that have been incubated in the presence or absence of compound. Northern blots using probes 20 specific for the sequences to be detected can then be performed using techniques known in the art. Numerous other, art-recognized techniques can be used. For example, western blot analysis can be used to test for transcription factor. For example, in another embodiment, transcription of specific RNA molecules can be detected using the polymerase chain reaction, for example by making cDNA copies 25 of the RNA transcript to be measured and amplifying and measuring them. In another embodiment, RNAse protection assays, such as S 1 nuclease mapping or RNase mapping can be used to detect the level of transcription of a gene. In another embodiment, primer extension can be used. In yet other embodiments, the ability of a compound to induce a change in 30 transcription or translation of a transcription factor can be accomplished by measuring the amount of transcription factor produced by the cell. Polypeptides which can be detected include any polypeptides which are produced upon the activation of a transcription factor responsive promoter, including, for example, -40both endogenous sequences and reporter gene sequences. In one embodiment, the amount of polypeptide made by a cell can be detected using an antibody against that polypeptide. In other embodiments, the activity of such a polypeptide can be measured. 5 In one embodiment, other sequences which are regulated by a transcription factor can be detected. In one embodiment, sequences not normally regulated by a transcription factor can be assayed by linking them to a promoter that is regulated by the transcription factor. In preferred embodiments, to provide a convenient readout of the 10 transcription from a promoter, such a promoter is linked to a reporter gene, the transcription of which is readily detectable. For example, a bacterial cell, e.g., an E. coli cell, can be transformed as taught in Cohen et al. 1993. J. Bacteriol. 175:7856. Examples of reporter genes include, but are not limited to, CAT 15 (chloramphenicol acetyl transferase) (Alton and Vapnek (1979), Nature 282: 864 869) luciferase, and other enzyme detection systems, such as beta-galactosidase; firefly luciferase (deWet et al. (1987), Mol. Cell. Biol. 7:725-737); bacterial luciferase (Engebrecht and Silverman (1984), PNAS 1: 4154-4158; Baldwin et al. (1984), Biochemistry 23: 3663-3667); PhoA, alkaline phosphatase (Toh et al. 20 (1989) Bur. J. Biochem. 182: 231-238, Hall et a. (1983) J. Mol. Appl. Gen. 2: 101), human placental secreted alkaline phosphatase (Cullen and Malim (1992) Methods in Enzymol. 216:362-368) and green fluorescent polypeptide (U.S. patent 5,491,084; W096/23898). In one embodiment, the expression of a selectable marker that confers a 25 selective growth disadvantage or lethality is placed under the direct control of a transcription factor responsive element in a cell expressing the transcription factor. In one embodiment, the transcription factor is plasmid encoded. In one embodiment, the genetic background of the host organism is manipulated, e.g., to delete one or more chromosomal transcription factor genes or transcription factor 30 homolog genes. -41- In one embodiment, expression of a transcription factor is controlled by a highly regulated and inducible promoter. For example, in one embodiment, a promoter such as inaA, galT, micF trp, tac, or tet in bacterial cells or GAL1 in yeast cells can be used. 5 For example, to monitor the activity of the MarA (AraC) family members in whole cells, gene promoter luciferase (luc) fusion assays can be performed with the following constructs: bfpT (to measure BfpT (PerA) and GadX activity], invF [to monitor HilC and HilD fictionn, sicA [to measure InvF activity], mxiC [to monitor VirF and MxiE function], and ctxA, tcpA, and acfA [to measure ToxT activity]. V. cholerae to strain AC-V1225 bears a transcriptional ctxA-lacZ fusion and can be used to monitor CtxA expression in whole cells. This strain can be grown under inducing conditions with Mar inhibitors and measure #-galactosidase activity in the treated bacteria. In order to do this assay as a high-throughput screen in a 96-well plate format, the technique of Griffith et al. will be used (Griffith, K.L, et al. (2002) Biochem. Biophys. Res. 15 Commun.290:397-402). In the assays, whole cells will be grown in serial 10-fold dilutions of a Mar inhibitor. Compounds that negatively affect MarA (AraC) family member activity will be detected by decreased expression of the luc reporter gene. In another embodiment, expression of the transcription factor is constitutive. In one embodiment, a selective marker encoding a cytotoxic gene product 20 (e.g., ccdB) is employed. In another embodiment, a selective marker is a gene that confers antibiotic resistance (e.g., kan, cat, or bla). In another embodiment, a selective marker is an essential gene (e.g., purA or guaB in a purine or guanine heterotroph). 25 In still another embodiment, a selective marker is a gene that confers a selective growth disadvantage in the presence of a particular metabolic substrate (eg., the expression of URA3 in the presence of 5-fluoroorotic acid [5-FOA] in yeast). In yet another embodiment, the ability of a compound to modulate the 30 binding of a transcription factor to a transcription factor binding molecule (e.g., DNA or protein) can be detmnined. Transcription factor binding polypeptides can be identified using techniques which are known in the art For example, in the case -42 of binding polypeptides that interact with transcription factors, interaction trap assays or two hybrid screening assays can be used. In one embodiment, compounds that modulate transcription factors (e.g., HTH proteins, AraC family polypeptides, or MarA family polypeptides) are 5 identified using a one-hybrid screening assay. As used herein, the tenn "one hybrid screen" as used herein includes assays that detect the disruption of protein nucleic acid interactions. These assays will identify agents that interfere with the binding of a transcription factor (e.g., an HTH protein, a AraC family polypeptide, or a MarA family polypeptide) to a particular target, e.g., DNA containing, for 10 MarA, a marbox, at the level of the target itself, e.g., by binding to the target and preventing the transcriptional activation factor from interacting with or binding to this site. In another embodiment, compounds of the invention are identified using a two-hybrid screening assay. As used herein the term "two-hybrid screen" as used 15 herein includes assays that detect the disruption of protein-protein interactions. Such two hybrid assays can be used to interfere with crucial protein-transcription factor interactions (e.g., HTH protein interactions, AraC family polypeptide interactions, MarA family polypeptide interactions). One example would be to prevent RNA polymerase-MarA family polypeptide interactions that are necessary 20 for the MarA family polypeptide to fiction as a transcription factor (either positive acting or negative acting). In yet another embodiment, compounds of the invention are identified using a three-hybrid screening assay. As used herein the term "three-hybrid screen" as used herein includes assays that will detect the disruption of a signal transduction 25 pathway(s) required for the activation of a particular regulon of interest In one embodiment, the three-hybrid screen is used to detect disruption of a signal transduction pathway(s) required for the activation of the Mar regulon, e.g, synthesis of MarA (Li and Park. J. Bact. 181:4824). The assay can be used to identify compounds that may be responsible for activating transcription factor 30 expression, e.g., Mar induction by antibiotics may proceed in this maner. In one embodiment of the assay, the expression of a selective marker (e.g., ccdB, cat, bla, kan, guaB, URA3) is put under the direct control of a promoter responsive to the transcription factor (e.g., inaA, galT, micF). In the absence of the -43 transcription factor the expression of the selective marker would be silent. For example, in the case of regulation of the cytotoxic gene ccdB, the gene would be silent and the cells would survive. Synthesis of a transcription factor from an inducible plasmid in a suitable host would result in the activation of the activatable 5 promoter responsive to the transcription factor and expression of the selective marker. In the case of cedB, the gene would be expressed and result in cell death. Compounds that inhibit a transcriptional activator would be identified as those that permit cell survival under conditions of expression of the activator. In another embodiment, e.g., whem the expression of an activatable 10 promoter responsive to the transcription factor regulates a gene such as URA3, a different nsult could be obtained. In this case, in the absence of the transcription factor and thus, in the absence of URA3 expression, cells would grow in the presence of a S-FOA. Upon activation of expression of the transcription factor and, thus, synthesis of URA3, cells would die following the conversion of 5-FOA to a is toxic metabolite by URA3. In another embodiment, a selectable marker is put under the direct control of a repressible promoter responsive to the transcription factor (e.g., fecA). In this example, under conditions of constitutive transcription factor synthesis, e.g., in a constitutive mutan, the expression of the selectable marker would be silent. In the 20 case of ccdB, this would mean that cells would remain viable. Following inactivation of the transcription factor, the selectable marker would be turned on, resulting in cell death. In another embodiment, a purine or guanine heterotroph can be constructed by the inactivation ofthe chromosomal guaB or purA genes in E. coli. The guaB or 25 purA gene would then be cloned into a suitable vector, under the control of its natural promoter. This construct would then be transformed into the heterotrophic host. The heterotroph will not grow if transcription factor expression is constitutive and if cells are grown on media lacking purines or guanine. This can be attributed to transcription factor mediated repression of guaB or purA synthesis. Candidate 30 inhibiting compounds of a transcription factor can be identified as compounds that restored growth, i.e., relieved repression mediated by the transcription factor of guaB and purA expression. -44- In one embodiment, in order to identify compounds that modulate activity of a transcription factor from a pathogen, a transcription factor from a non pathogen or organism that is less pathogenic can be used. For example, E. coli has been used previously as a surrogate to assess Yersbia spp. gene promoter function 5 and sequence comparisons demonstrate that the psn promoter regions were found to be identical in UPEC (strain E. coli CF'703), Y pestbi, and .pseudotuberculosis. Accordingly, the E. coli CFT703 psn promoter can be cloned using PCR into a luciferase (luc) reporter plasmid and used in whole cell screening assays. In preferred embodiments, controls may be included to ensure that any 10 compounds which are identified using the subject assays do not merely appear to modulate the activity of a transcription factor, because they inhibit protein synthesis. For example, if a compound appears to inhibit the synthesis of a protein being translated from RNA which is transcribed upon activation of a transcription factor responsive element, it may be desirable to show that the synthesis of a 15 control, e.g., a protein which is being translated from RNA which is not transcribed upon activation of a transcription factor responsive element, is not affected by the addition of the same compound. For example, the amount of the transcription factor being made and compared to the amount of an endogenous protein being made. In another embodiment the microbe could be transformed with another 20 plasmid comprising a promoter which is not responsive to the transcription factor and a protein operably linked to that promoter. The expression of the control protein could be used to normalize the amount of protein produced in the presence and absence of compound. In another embodiment, the effect of the compound on the enzymatic 25 acitivity of molecules whose activity is modulated by the transcription factor can be measured. For example, the effects of YbtA inhibition on YopH activity in whole cells can be measured. YopH is a tyrosine phosphatase and Yersinia spp. Virulence factor that is secreted by a TrSS in the pathogen. An assay can be used to measure the effects of inhibiting the activity of LcrF (VirF), a MarA (AraC) family member, 30 on YopH activity in whole cells. The activity of YopH onp-nitrophenyl phosphate (pNPP, an indicator of phosphatase activity) results in the formation of a colored substrate that can be measured spectrophotometrically. 7. pseudotuberculosis can be incubated in the presence and absence of a Mar inhibitor and controls included -45 to measure the inhibitory effects of the compounds themselves on the phosphatase activity of YopH. The in vitro expression of Yops from Yersinia spp. can be induced at 37"C and in the absence of calcium. Overnight cultures of Y. pseudotuberculosis can be diluted into fresh LB medium containing either sodium 5 oxalate (a divalent metal ion chelator, low calcium containing media) or excess calcium (to repress YopH expression) and grown at 27 "C. Subsequently, aliquots of these cells can be placed into wells containing either a Mar inhibitor or compound solvent (DMSO) as a control. The culture temperature can be shifted to 37 "C (to induce YopH expression in the low calcium containing media) and cells 10 grown for a period of time. The inhibitory effects of compounds on cell growth can be measured separately in identical plates. Prefereably, compounds which do not possess intrinsic antibacterial activity are selected. The assay plates can be centrifuged and aliquots of the supernatants were Added to an assay buffer containingp-nitrophenyl phosphate, an indicator of' 15 phosphatase activity. After mixing, the OD at 410 nM can be determined. A control can be included to measure the inhibitory effects of the compounds themselves on the phosphatase activity of YopH. Compounds having such an effect can be excluded from further analysis. This assay has been used to identify a number of compounds that inhibit the activity (expression or secretion) of YopH 20 presumably at the level of LcrF (VirF). In another embodiment, the affect of the compound on the ability of a microbe to form a biofilm can be measured using standard techniques (e.g., O'Toole et al. 1999 Methods Enzymol 310:91) In another embodiment, the ability of a microbe to penetrate into and/or to 25 adhere to tissue culture cells in the presence and absence of the test compound can be measured. To monitor the penetration (Salmonella and Shigella) into and adherence (E. coli, Salnonella, and Shigella) of pathogenic bacteria to tissue culture cells in the presence or absence of the Mar inhibitors, assays can be performed in 96-well microtiter plates e.g., as previously described for Salmonella 30 spp. (Darwin et al. (1999) J. Bacteriol. 181:4949-54), Shigella spp. (Andrews, et al. (1992) Infect. Immun. 60:3287-95), and E. coli (Gomez-Duare et al. (1995) Infect. Immun. 63:1767-76)). Entry and replication in epithelial cells such as HeLa, Henl-407, or MDCK can be measured by a gentamicin (GM) protection assay. -46- Assays monitoring invasion for different pathogens are essentially the same but are performed with minor modifications. For example, S. typhimurium are engulfed by mouse macrophage and a number of epithelial cell lines. Intracellular bacteria are able to replicate (in epithelial cells) and cause cytotoxicity (in macrophages). Both 5 phenomena require secretion of bacterial proteins through a TTSS and protein secretion is controlled by least three MarA (AraC) proteins (HiIC, HilD, and InvF), which function in a regulatory cascade. Inhibition of these activators reduces uptake and cytotoxicity. Cells, e.g., HEp-2 cells (ATCC CCL23) can be grown and maintained accordingly. 2x10 5 HBp-2 cells can be seeded into microtiter plates in 10 order to obtain 90% confluent monolayers within 24 hours. Single colonies of wild type S. typhimurium can be grown overnight in standing LB broth containing 0.3 M NaCl, diluted, added to the wells containing the tissue culture cells at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of-10-20, and the cells can be incubated for 1 hr at 37*C to allow for bacterial penetration. Subsequently, the monolayers will be washed with 15 phosphate buffered saline (PBS), incubated with 100 pig/ml GM (to kill extracellular but not intracellular bacteria), washed again with PBS, and then lysed using PBS+0.5% Triton X-100. Serial dilutions of the lysates will be made to obtain viable bacterial counts on LB or McConkey agar plates or by using the most probable number method. Percent invasion will be calculated as follows: 100 X 20 (number of GMR bacteria/total number of input bacteria). The adherence assays are performed in a manner similar to the invasion assays except that multiple washes are included at the first stage of bacteria-tissue culture cell interaction and GM is excluded. In another embodiment, the ability of certain microbial cells to bind to 25 congo red can be used as a measure of their virulence. Shigella spp. virF null mutants are non-invasive in tissue culture cells in vitro and are defective for their ability to bind the dye Congo red (CR). The CR binding phenotype is routinely used as a diagnostic for clinical Shigella isolates, i.e., bacteria unable to bind CR (Cbr cells) are non-invasive in the Sereny test in vivo. This test is a reliable 30 predictor of virulence of this organism. A simple screen can be used to identify transcription factors (e.g.,VirF) inhibitors in whole cells by exploiting the CR binding phenotype. Briefly, S. flexneri 2a can be grown confluent on tryptic soy broth agar plates containing 0.025% CR (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). -47- Various Mar inhibitors at a concentration of 50 ug/nl will be robotically spotted onto these plates in order to identify compounds that yield Cbr cells. Serial dilutions of compounds that produce the Cbf phenotype will be analyzed in subsequent assays in order to determine IC_/ BC 5 0 values. 5 In another embodiment, an apyrase zymogram assay can be used. It has been recently determined that S. flexneri and EJEC lacking virF are deficient for epyrase activity. Thus, the zymogram technique can be used to measure loss of apy activity in whole coll lysates as previously described (Berlutti et al. (1998) Infect. Immun. 66:4957 4964) of S. fleuneri grown in the presence of the Mar inhibitors. Briefly, cells will be 10 grown overnight in nutrient rich broth, washed, concentrated to OD 0 -40, and then disrupted via sonication. Cell debris will be removed with centrifugation and the lysates will be subjected to SDS-PAGE. The denaturing gels will then be soaked in renaturation buffer (50 mM Tris-HCI [pH 7.0], 1% [vol/vol] Triton X-100) to restore apyrase activity and equilibrated with 100 mM Tris-HCl [pH 7.5] for one hour and then 100 mM Tris 15 HCI-10 mM EDTA-1 mM ATP for 30 min. at 10"C. Subsequently, the gels will be soaked in a fresh 4:1 (vol/vol) solution of acidified ammonium molybdate (5 mM ammonium molybdate, 0.12 M sulfuric acid) and ascorbic acid (10%, wt/vol) to visualize apyrase activity. In another embodiment, a S. typhimurium TTSS assay can be used. S. '20 typhimurlwn secretes SptP through a TSS and the expression of both SptP and the TTSS is regulated by InvF. The TTSS is presumably induced upon contact with host cells during infection and culture conditions that promote secretion of SptP into the culture medium have been identified. Optimal conditions are growth at 37C with low aeration in LB media containing 0.3 M NaCl (Fu, Y., et al. (1999) Nature 401:293-7). 25 The phosphatase activity of SptP has been measured biochemically in lysed cells using a 32 P-labelled peptide (Pu, Y., et al. (1999) Nature 401:293-7; Kaniga, K., at al. (1996) Mol Microbiol. 21:633-41) and will be used to monitor InvF functions vitro. Briefly, cells will be grown in media to promote SptP secretion and the phosphatase activity of the protein will be monitored as described for Y. enterocolitica 30 YopH and using a chemiluminescent (e.g., CSPD) or colorimetric (e.g., pNPP) substrate. Depending on the level of SptP secreted, these assays may be performed with cel lysates and 32 P-labelled peptide substrate as described (Pu, Y., et aL (1999) Nature 401:293-7; Kaniga, K., at al. (1996) Mol Mcroblol. 21:633-41). In these assays, lysates -48will be prepared, incubated with the labeled peptide substrate, the phosphatase reaction will terminated with trichloroacetic acid, and acid soluble 'P will be measured in a multi-channel scintillation counter in 96-well microtiter plates. In another embodiment, a Vibrio enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) 5 can be performed. The MarA (AraC) family member ToxT activates expression of several genes in the ToxR virulon including cbrA and ctxB encoding the subunits of cholera toxin (CT). CT production is dependent on ToxT as mutants in both the classical and El Tor biotype backgrounds lacking the helix-turn-helix DNA binding domain of ToxT (taxTm) fail to produce CT. The CT subunit B binds avidly to GMI 10 gangliosides on the surface of target cells in vivo and a GM1-based ELISA assay has been developed to detect CT in V. cholerae culture supernatants. This assay can be used to monitor in vitro ToxT function. Briefly, bacteria can be grown in the presence of Mar inhibitors under conditions known to promote cholera toxin production: classical strain 0395 will be grown in LB 15 (pH 6.5) shaking at 30 0 C and El Tor strain B7946 can be grown under AKI conditions. The wells of microtiter plates can be coated with purified GMl-ganglioside (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) and the plates will be washed and blocked with BSA prior to incubation with V. chokrae culture supernatants. Cholera toxin subunit B bound to the plate can be labeled with a mouse primary antibody (US Biological, Swampscott, 20 MA) followed by labeling with an anti-mouse secondary antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA). The horseradish peroxidase can then be detected using a chemiluminescent substrate and the signal can be detected using a plate reader. A series of diluted purified CT (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) will be used to determine the amount of CT in the culture samples. 25 Additional controls can include ToxT null mutants of V. cholerae 0395 (0395::toxTM.) and V cholerae E7946 (E7946:: toxTmni). CT is composed of two subunits, CtxA and CtxB, and the expression of both is governed by ToxT, a MarA (AraC) family member. V. cholerae taxT null mutants, in both the classical (0395) and El Tor biotype backgrounds, fail to produce Cr and am 30 avirulent in an infant mouse model of infection. CtxB binds GM1-ganglioside on the surface of target cells in vivo with high affinty and a GMl -based ELISA assay has been developed to detect CT in V. cholerae culture supernatants. This assay can be used to monitor in vitro ToxT function in wild -49type and taxT null mutants. Briefly, bacteria can be grown under conditions known to promote cholera toxin production [0395, LB broth (pH 6.5) at 30*C and El Tor, AKI media (1.5% Bacto Peptone, 0.4% yeast extract, 0.5% NaCl, and 0.3% sodium bicarbonate) standing at 37*C then followed by shaking at 37*C]. Culture supernatants 5 can be added to microtiter plates coated with purified GM1 -ganglioside (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) and blocked with BSA. CtxB bound to the plate was detected by first labeling with a mouse primary antibody (US Biological, Swampscott, MA) and then by labeling with an anti-mouse secondary antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA). The horseradish 10 peroxidase can be detected using a chemiluminescent substrate and the signal detected using a plate reader. Wild type V. cholerae yields a robust signal while the toxT null mutant fails to elicit a response. The amount of CT in the culture samples was then quantitated using serial dilutions of purified CT (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). As illustrated, 15 wild type V. cholerae yields -225 ng/mi CTr while the toxT null mutant yields background levels of CT. In another exemplary embodiment, a cytotoxicity assay can be used to investigate the ability of compounds to decrease virulence. For example, macrophage cytotoxicity can be measured by the release of the cytoplasmic 20 housekeeping enzyme lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) using a commercially available kit (Promega, Madison, WI). The experiment can be conducted by first diluting a fresh overnight culture of an organism, e.g., Y. pseudotubercuosis, into LB containing sodium oxalate (inducing conditions) and growing 1 hr at 37 *C to induce synthesis of transcription factors and the secretion machinery. The bacterial 25 cells are then washed in DMEM and added to a nearly confluent monolayer of macrophage cells, at a multiplicity of infection of 50 bacterial cells/macrophage cell. Test compounds are added at the appropriate concentrations and incubation is continued at 37 "C in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere. After 5-6 hrs, LDH in the culture medium is measured using a colorinietric assay. Several controls can be 30 included in the assay- a negative control of uninfected macrophage cells, a maximum release control in which uninfected cells have been lysed with detergent, and controls to show that the bacterial cells lack LDH activity. A reduction in the -50ability of microbial cells to cause toxicity the presence of a compound indicates that the compound modulates the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor. 2. Cell-Free Assays 5 The subject screening methods can also involve cell-free assays, e.g., using high-throughput techniques. For example, to screen for agonists or antagonists, a synthetic reaction mix comprising a transcription factor molecule and a labeled substrate or ligand of such polypeptide is incubated in the absence or the presence of a candidate molecule that may be an agonist or antagonist. In one embodiment, 10 the reaction mix can further comprise a cellular compartment, such as a membrane, cell envelope or cell wall, or a combination thereof The ability of the test compound to agonize or antagonize the transcription factor is reflected in decreased binding of the transcription factor to a transcription factor binding polypeptide or in a decrease in transcription factor activity. is In many drug screening programs which test libraries of modulating agents and natural extracts, high throughput assays are desirable in order to maximize the number of modulating agents surveyed in a given period of time. Assays which are performed in cell-free systems, such as may be derived with purified or semi purified proteins, are often prefered as "primary" screens in that they can be 20 generated to permit rapid development and relatively easy detection of an alteration in a molecular target which is mediated by a test modulating agent. Moreover, the effects of cellular toxicity and/or bioavailability of the test modulating agent can be generally ignored in the in vitro system. In one embodiment, the ability of a compound to modulate the activity of a 25 transcription factor is accomplished using isolated transcription factors or transcription factor nucleic acid molecule in a cell-free system. In such an assay, the step of measuring the ability of a compound to modulate the activity of the transcription factor is accomplished, for example, by measuring direct binding of the compound to a transcription factor or transcription factor nucleic acid molecule 30 or the ability of the compound to alter the ability of the transcription factor to bind to a molecule to which the transcription factor normally binds (e.g., protein or DNA). -51- In yet another embodiment, an assay of the present invention is a cell-free assay in which a transcription factor or portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the transcription factor or biologically active portion thereof is determined. Determining the ability of the test 5 compound to modulate the activity of a transcription factor can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the transcription factor to bind to a transcription factor target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. Determining the ability of the transcription factor to bind to a transcription factor target molecule can also be accomplished using a 10 technology such as real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA). Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991) Anal. Chem. 63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995) Curr. Opin. Sruct. Biol. 5:699-705. As used herein, "BIA" is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BlAcore). Changes in the optical phenomenon of surface 15 plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules. In yet another embodiment, the cell-free assay involves contacting a transcription factor or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds the transcription factor to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay 20 mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with the transcription factor, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with the transcription factor comprises determining the ability of the transcription factor to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a transcription factor target molecule. 25 The cell-free assays of the present invention are amenable to use of both soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of proteins (e.g., transcription factors or transcription factor binding polypeptides). In the case of cell-free assays in which a membrano-bound form of a polypeptide is used it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of the polypeptide is 30 maintained in solution. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton@ X-1 00, TritonO X-114, Thesit@, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether)n, 3-[(3 -52 cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3 cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate. For example, compounds can be tested for their ability to directly bind to a 5 transcription factor nucleic acid molecule or a transcription factor or portion thereof, e.g., by using labeled compounds, e.g., radioactively labeled compounds. For example, a transcription factor sequence can be expressed by a bacteriophage. In this embodiment, phage which display the transcription factor would then be contacted with a compound so that the polypeptide can interact with and potentially 10 form a complex with the compound. Phage which have formed complexes with compounds can then be separated from those which have not. The complex of the polypeptide and compound can then be contacted with an agent that dissociates the bacteriophage from the compound. Any compounds that bound to the polypeptide can then be isolated and identified. 15 Readouts which involve fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) can also be employed in the instant assays. FRET occurs when one fluorophore, the donor, absorbs a photon and transfers the absorbed energy non-radiatively to another fluorophore, the acceptor. The acceptor then emits the energy at its characteristic wavelength. The donor and acceptor molecules must be in close 20 proximity, less than approximately 10 nm, for efficient energy transfer to occur (see Methods EnzymoL 211, 353-388 (1992); Methods Enzymol. 246, 300-334 (1995)). The proximity requirement can be used to construct assays sensitive to small separations between the donor-acceptor pair. FRET typically requires a single excitation wavelength and two emission wavelengths, and an analysis consisting of 25 the ratio of the donor and acceptor emission intensities. FRET donor acceptor pairs can be constructed for both bead-based assays and cell-based assays. Several green fluorescent protein (GFP) mutants displaying enhanced fluorescence and altered emission wavelengths can be paired for FRET cell-based assays by fusing the GFP FRET donor to one protein, e.g., a transcription factor and the GFP FRET acceptor 30 to a promoter sequence to which the transcription factor binds. For example, time resolved-fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR FRET) technique (e.g., Hillisch et al. 2001. Curr Opin Struct Biol 11:201) to measure the in vitro DNA binding activity of various MarA (AraC) family - 53 members. With this technique, a biotinylated double-stranded DNA molecule is incubated with a MarA (AaC) protein fused to 6-bistidine (6-His) residues, which facilitates purification and immunoprecipitation using nickel agarose and anti-6-His antibodies, respectively. A europium-labeled anti-6His antibody binds the protein 5 and a streptavidin conjugated allophycocyanin (APC) complex binds the DNA. The europium molecule is excited at 340 nm and if it is in close proximity to the APC (10-100A) there will be a FRET from the 615 nm emission of europium to APC. The energy emitted from the excited APC is then recorded at 665 m. (The europium and APC are teamed FRET pairs.) Compounds that inhibit the binding of 10 protein to DNA, and therefore result in the physical separation of the FRET pairs, are identified by a reduced emission at 665 nm. This assay is particularly well suited to investigate the function of MarA (AraC) family members from Yerinia spp Luminescence can be read, e.g., using a Victor V plate reader (PerkinElmer 15 Life Sciences, Wellesley, MA). Compounds that inhibit the binding of the protein to the DNA result in a loss of protein from the plate at the first wash step and are identified by a reduced luminescence signal. The concentration of compound necessary to reduce signal by 50% (BC3fLCso) can be calculated using serial dilutions of the inhibitory compounds. 20 The fluorescence marker can be attached to a member of the binding pair (e.g., the transcription factor or the DNA molecule) either directly or indirectly. For example, one can covalently attach the marker to a molecule of interest. Methods of forming a linkage between an oligonucleotide and or protein are known to those of skill in the art. One suitable method involves incorporating into the marker 25 (preferably in the loop portion) an amino-dT residue. This can then be conjugated using a chemical linker to a functional group (e.g., an amine group) on the molecule of interest (see, e.g., Partis et al. (1983) J. Prot. Chem. 2: 263-277). Alternatively, the marker can be attached to the molecule of interest indirectly by noncovalent means. For example, the molecular beacon can be attached to a binding moiety 30 (e.g., an antibody) that binds to the binding pair member of interest -54- Other methods of assaying the ability of proteins to bind to DNA, e.g., DNA footprinting, and nuclease protection are also well known in the art and can be used to test the ability of a compound to bind to a transcription factor nucleotide sequence. 5 In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for identifying compounds that modulate antibiotic resistance by assaying for test compounds that bind to transcription factor nucleic acid molecules and interfere, e.g., with gene transcription. In another embodiment, a transcription factor nucleic acid molecule and a 10 transcription factor binding polypeptide that normally binds to that nucleotide sequence are contacted with a test compound to identify compounds that block the interaction of a transcription factor nucleic acid molecule and a transcription factor binding polypeptide. For example, in one embodiment, the transcription factor nucleotide sequence and/or the transcription factor binding polypeptide are 15 contacted under conditions which allow interaction of the compound with at least one of the transcription factor nucleic acid molecule and the transcription factor binding polypeptide. The ability of the compound to modulate the interaction of the transcription factor nucleotide sequence with the transcription factor binding polypeptide is indicative of its ability to modulate a transcription factor activity. 20 Detmnining the ability of the transcription factor to bind to or interact with a transcription factor binding polypeptide can be accomplished, e.g., by direct binding. In a direct binding assay, the transcription factor could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the transcription factor to a transcription factor target molecule can be determined by detecting the labeled 25 transcription factor in a complex. For example transcription factors can be labeled with 1251, 35 s, 14 C, or 3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, transcription factor molecules can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the 30 enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product. - 55 - In one embodiment, the ability of a compound to bind to a transcription factor nucleic acid molecule can be measured. For example, gel shift assays or restriction enzyme protection assays can be used. Gel shift assays separate polypeptide-DNA complexes from free DNA by non-denaturing polyacrylamide 5 gel electrophoresis. In such an experiment, the level of binding of a compound to DNA can be determined and compared to that in the absence of compound. Compounds which change the level of this binding ae selected in the screen as modulating the activity of a transcription factor. In another embodiment, a qualitative assay of the activity of a candidate transcription factor modulating 10 compound by measuring their ability to interrupt DNA-protein interactions in vitro can be used. Briefly, 5 nM of a MarA (AraC) family member (or a concentration where -50% of a radiolabeled (fP) double-stranded DNA probe is bound to the protein) is incubated for 30 min at room temperature either in the absence (DMSO (solvent) alone) or presence of a test compound. Subsequently, 0.1 nM of the ( 33 P) 15 labeled DNA probe is added and the mixture is allowed to equilibrate for 15 min at room temperature. The mixture is then resolved on a non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel and the gel is analyzed by autoradiography. Typically, it will be desirable to immobilize either transcription factor, a transcription factor binding polypeptide or a compound to facilitate separation of 20 complexes from uncomplexed forms, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of transcription factor to an upstream or downstream binding polypeptide, in the presence and absence of a candidate agent, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples include microtitre plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein 25 can be provided which adds a domain that allows the polypeptide to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/ transcription factor (GST/ transcription factor) fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtitre plates, 30 which are then combined with the cell lysates, e.g. an 35 S-labeled, and the test modulating agent, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation, e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH, though slightly more stringent conditions may be desired. Following incubation, the beads are -56washed to remove any unbound label, and the matrix immobilized and radiolabel determined directly (e.g. beads placed in scintilant), or in the supernatant after the complexes are subsequently dissociated. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, separated by SDS-PAGE, and the level of transcription 5 factor -binding polypeptide found in the bead fraction quantitated from the gel using standard electrophoretic techniques. Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices are also available for use in the subject assay. For instance, either a transcription factor or polypeptide to which it binds can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin to and streptavidin. For instance, biotinylated transcription factor molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, IL), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with transcription factor but which do not interfere with binding 15 of upstream or downstream elements can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and transcription factor trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. As above, preparations of a transcription factor -binding polypeptide and a test modulating agent are incubated in the transcription factor -presenting wells of the plate, and the amount of complex trapped in the well can be quantitated. Exemplary methods for 20 detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the transcription factor binding polypeptide, or which are reactive with transcription factor and compete with the binding polypeptide; as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with 25 the binding polypeptide, either intrinsic or extrinsic activity. In the instance of the latter, the enzyme can be chemically conjugated or provided as a fusion protein with the transcription factor binding polypeptide. To illustrate, the transcription factor can be chemically cross-linked or genetically fused with horseradish peroxidase, and the amount of protein trapped in the complex can be assessed with 30 a chromogenic substrate of the enzyme, e.g. 3,3'-diamino-benzadine terahydrochloride or 4-chloro-l-napthol. Likewise, a fusion protein comprising the protein and glutathione-S-transferase can be provided, and complex formation -57quantitated by detecting the GST activity using 1-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene (Habig et al (1974) J Biol Chem 249:7130). For processes which rely on immunodetection for quantitating one of the proteins trapped in the complex, antibodies against the polypeptide, such as anti 5 transcription factor antibodies, can be used. Alternatively, the polypeptide to be detected in the complex can be "epitope tagged" in the form of a fusion protein which includes, in addition to the transcription factor sequence, a second polypeptide for which antibodies are readily available (e.g. from commercial sources). For instance, the GST fusion proteins described above can also be used 10 for quantification of binding using antibodies against the GST moiety. Other useful epitope tags include myv-epitopes (e.g., see Ellison et al. (1991) J Biol Chem 266:21150-21157) which includes a 10-residue sequence from c-myc, as well as the pFLAG system (International Biotechnologies, Inc.) or the pEZZ-protein A system (Pharamacia, NJ). 15 It is also within the scope of this invention to determine the ability of a compound to modulate the interaction between transcription factor and its target molecule, without the labeling of any of the interactants. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of transcription factor with its target molecule without the labeling of either transcription factor or the target 20 molecule. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992) Science 257:1906-1912. As used herein, a "microphysiometer" (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between compound and receptor. 25 The invention also pertains to the use of molecular design techniques to design transcription factor modulating compounds, e.g., HTH protein modulating compounds, AraC family modulating compounds, MarA family modulating compounds, or MarA modulating compounds, which are capable of binding or interacting with one or more transcription factors (e.g., of a prokaryotic or 30 eukaryotic organism). The invention pertains to both the transcription factor modulating compounds identified by the methods as well as the modeling methods, and compositions comprising the compounds identified by the methods. -58- In an embodiment, the invention pertains to a method of identifying transcription factor modulating compounds. The method includes obtaining the structure of a transcription factor of interest, and using GLIDE to identify a scaffold which has an interaction energy score of-20 or less (e.g., -40 or less, e.g., -60 or 5 less) with a portion of the transcription factor. 3. Structure Based Drug Design The invention also pertains, at least in part, to a computational screening of small molecule databases for chemical entities or compounds that can bind in 10 whole, or in part, to a transcription factor, such as a HTH protein, an AraC family polypeptide, a MarA family polypeptide, e.g., MarA. In this screening, the quality of fit of such entities or compounds to the binding site may be judged either by shape complementarity or by estimated interaction energy (Meng B. C. et al., 1992, J. Coma. Chem., 13:505-524). Such a procedure allows for the screening of 15 a very large library of potential transcription factor modulating compounds for the proper molecular and chemical complementarities with a selected protein or class or proteins. Transcription factor modulating compounds identified through computational screening can later be passed through the in vivo assays described 20 herein as further screens. For example, a transcription factor inhibiting compound identified through computational screening could be tested for its ability to promote cell survival in a cell system containing a counterselectable marker under the control a transcription factor activated promoter. The promotion of cell survival in the foregoing assay would be indicative of a compound that inhibits the of the 25 transcription factor. Other suitable assays are known in the art. The crystal structures of both MarA (PDB ID code IBLO) and its homolog Rob (PDB ID code IDY5) are available in the Protein Data Bank. These structures were used to identify sites on the proteins that could be targeted by small molecule chemical inhibiting compounds. A total of at least eight potential small molecule 30 binding sites on MarA (Table 4) and four sites on Rob (Table 5) were identified as potential small molecule binding sites. The invention pertains, at least in part, to MarA modulating compounds which interact with any one of the following sites of MarA (based on the sequence given in SEQ ID NO. 2). -59- Table 4 Site Residues (based on full length Site Label Number MarA) 1 42 to 50 R46 Major Groove 2 54 to 62 L56 HTH core 3 55 to 65 R61 Minor Groove 4 15 to 25 W19 5 14 to 25 E21 6 24 to 35 L28 7 76 to 83 P78 8 106 to 112 RHO The GLIDE docking method was then used to fit combinatorial chemistry scaffolds 5 into these sites and an interaction energy was calculated for each. Bight scaffolds were predicted to bind to site 1, encompassing amino acids tryptophan 42 to lysine 50, with an interaction energy score of-60 or less. These scaffolds are shown below: N N NH r l N-N o HO 0 H N /\ \ // 10 10 - 60 - Three scaffolds were identified for site 2 of MarA (e.g., residues histidine 54 to serine 62). 0 H Four scaffolds were identified for MarA site 3, (e.g., residues serine 55 to 5 methionine 65): N H \~ C To /H Six scaffolds were identified for site 6 (e.g., residues leucine 24 to glutamate 35). H H These scaffolds were then used to search the CambridgeSoft ACX-SC database of over 600,000 non-proprietary chemical structures and the number of chemicals 10 similar to the scaffolds was determined. The tenn "scaffold" includes the compounds identified by the computer modeling program. These compounds may or may not be themselves transcription factor modulating compounds. An ordinarily skilled artisan will be able to analyze -61a scaffold obtained from the computer modeling program and modify the scaffold such that the resulting compounds have enhanced chemical properties over the initial scaffold compound, e.g., are more stable for administration, less toxic, have enhanced affnity for a particular transcription factor, etc. The invention pertains 5 not only to the scaffolds identified, but also the transcription factor modulating compounds which are developed using the scaffolds. Table 5 lists portions of Rob which were identified as possible interaction sites for a modulating compound. The invention pertains, at least in part, to any compounds modeled to bind to these regions of Rob. The numbering corresponds 10 to that given in SEQ ED NO. 4. Table 5 Site Residues (based on full length Rob) Site Label Number 1 37 to 45 R40 Major Groove 2 43 to 54 150 HTH Core 3 S1to60 R55 Minor Groove 4 10 to 20 W13 These scaffolds were identified as possible modulating compounds which with site 15 1 of Rob (residues 37-45), a MarA family polypeptide. I N N N N N, 0 -Yk~ 0} Ho
-
-62 - HOk~ -r These scaffolds were identified as small molecules that may interact with site 2 of Rob (residues 43-52), a MarA family polypeptide. "N 0 N)63 H The design of compounds that bind to, modulate, or inhibit transcription factors, generally involves consideration of two factors. First, the compound must be capable of physically and structurally associating with a particular transcription factor. Non-covalent molecular interactions important in the association of a 5 transcription factor with a modulating compound include hydrogen bonding, van der Waals and hydrophobic interactions. Second, the modulating compound must be able to assume a conformation that allows it to associate with the selected transcription factor. Although certain portions of the inhibiting compound will not directly participate in this association 10 with the transcription factor, those portions may still influence the overall conformation of the molecule. This, in turn, may have a significant impact on potency. Such conformational requirements include the overall threo-dimensional structure and orientation of the chemical entity or compound in relation to all or a portion of the binding site, e.g., active site or accessory binding site of a particular 15 transcription factor such as MarA, or the spacing between functional groups of a compound comprising several chemical entities that directly interact with the particular transcription factor. In a further embodiment, the potential modulating effect of a chemical compound on a selected transcription factor (e.g., a HTH protein, a AraC family 20 polypeptide, a MarA family polypeptide, e.g., MarA) is analyzed prior to its actual synthesis and testing by the use of computer modeling techniques. If the theoretical structure of the given compound suggests insufficient interaction and association between it and the selected transcription factor, synthesis and testing of the compound is avoided. However, if computer modeling indicates a strong 25 interaction, the molecule may then be synthesized and tested for its ability to bind to the selected transcription factor and modulate the transcription factor's activity. A transcription factor modulating compound or other binding compound (e.g., an HTH protein modulating compound, an AraC family polypeptide modulating compound, or a MarA family inhibiting compound, e.g., a MarA 30 inhibiting compound) maybe computationally evaluated and designed by screening and selecting chemical entities or fragments for their ability to associate with the individual small molecule binding sites or other areas of a transcription factor. - 64- One skilled in the art may use one of several methods to screen chemical entities or fragments for their ability to associate with a selected transcription factor and more particularly with the individual small molecule binding sites of the particular transcription activation factor. This process may begin by visually 5 inspecting the structure of the transcription factor on a computer screen based on the atomic coordinates of the transcription factor crystals. Selected chemical entities may then be positioned in a variety of orientations, or docked, within an individual binding site of the transcription factor. Docking may be performed using software such as Quanta and Sybyl, followed by energy minimization with standard 10 molecular mechanics forcefields or dynamics with programs such as CHARMM (Brooks, B. R. et al., 1983, J. Comp. Chem., 4:187-217) or AMBER (Weiner, S. J. et al.,-1984, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 106:765-784). Specialized computer programs may also assist in the process of selecting molecules that bind to a selected transcription factor, (e.g., an HTH protein, an 15 AraC. family polypeptide, or a MarA family polypeptide, e.g., MarA). The programs include, but are not limited to: L.GRID (Goodford, P. 1., 1985, "A Computational Procedure for Determining Energetically Favorable Binding Sites on Biologically Important Macromolecules" J. Med. Chem., 28:849-857 GRID is available from Oxford 20 University, Oxford, UK. 2.AUTODOCK (Goodsell, D. S. and A. J. Olsen, 1990, "Automated Docking of Substrates to Proteins by Simulated Annealing" Proteins: Structure. Function, and Genetics, 8:195-202. AUTODOCK is available from Scripps Research 25 Institute, La Jolla, Calif. AUTODOCK helps in docking inhibiting compounds to a selected transcription factor in a flexible manner using a Monte Carlo simulated annealing approach. The procedure enables a search without bias introduced by the researcher. 30 3.MCSS (Miranker, A. and M. Karplus, 1991, "Functionality Maps of Binding Sites: A Multiple Copy Simultaneous Search Method." Proteins: Structure, Function and Genetics, 11:29-34). MCSS is available from Molecular Simulations, Burlington, Mass. - 65 - 4.MACCS-3D (Martin, Y. C., 1992, J. Med. Chem., 35:2145-2154) is a 3D database system available from MDL Information Systems, San Leandro, Calif. 5 5.DOCK (Kuntz, I. D. et a/., 1982, "A Geometric Approach to Macromolecule-Ligand Interactions" J Mol. Biol., 161:269-288). DOCK is available from University of Califomia, San Francisco, Calif. DOCK is based on a description of the negative image of a space-filling representation of the molecule (i.e. the selected transcription factor) that should be 10 filled by the inhibiting compound. DOCK includes a force-field for energy evaluation, limited conformational flexibility and consideration of hydrophobicity in the energy evaluation. 6.MCDLNG (Monte Carlo De Novo Ligand Generator) (D. K. Gehlaar, et 15 at. 1995. J. Med Chem. 38:466-472). MCDLNG starts with a structure (i.e. an X ray crystal structure) and fills the binding site with a close packed stray of generic atoms. A Monte Carlo procedure is then used to randomly rotate, move, change bond type, change atom type, make atoms appear, make bonds appear, make atoms disappear, make bonds disappear, etc. The energy function used by MCDLNG 20 favors the formation of rings and certain bonding arrangements. Desolvation penalties are given for heteroatoms, but heteroatoms can benefit from hydrogen bonding with the binding site. In an embodiment of the invention, docking is performed by using the Afinityprogram within InsightH (Molecular Simulations Inc., 1996, San Diego, 25 Calif, now Accelrys Inc.). Affinity is a suite of programs for automatically docking a ligand (i.e. a transcription factor modulating compound) to a receptor (i.e. a transcription factor). Commands in Affinity automatically find the best binding structures of the ligand to the receptor based on the energy of the ligand/receptor complex. As described below, 30 Affinity allows for the simulation of flexible-flexible docking. Affinity consists of two commands, GridDocking and fixedDocking, under the new pulldown Affinity in the Docking module of the Insight UI program. Both -66commands use the same, Monte Carlo type procedure to dock a guest molecule (i.e. HTH protein modulating compound) to a host (i.e., a transcription factor). They also share the feature that the "bulk" of the receptor (i.e. transcription factor), defined as atoms not in the binding (active) site specified, is held rigid during the 5 docking process, while the binding site atoms and ligand atoms are movable. The commands differ, however, in their treatment ofnonbond interactions. In GridDocking, interactions between bulk and movable atoms are approximated by the very accurate and efficient molecular mechanical/grid (MM/Grid) method developed by Luty et al. 1995. J. Comp. Chem. 16:454, while interactions among 10 movable atoms are treated exactly. GridDocking also includes the solvation method of Stouten et al. 1993. Molecular Simulation 10:97. On the other hand, the fixedDocking command computes nonbond interactions using methods in the Discover program (cutoff methods and the cell multipole method) and it does not include any solvation terms. 15 Affinity does not, generally, require any intervention from the user during the docking. It automatically moves the ligand (i.e. modulating compound), evaluates energies, and checks if the structure is acceptable. Moreover, the ligand and the binding site of the receptor (i.e. the selected transcription modulator) are flexible during the search. 20 Most of the docking methods in the literature are based on descriptors or empirical rules (for a review see Kuntz et al. 1 994. Acc. Chem. Res. 27:117. These include DOCK (Kuntz et al. 1982.J Mo. Biol. 161:269., Shoichet et al. 1992. J Compt. Chem. 13:380., Oahiro et al. 1995. J. Comp. Aided Molec. Design 9:113.), CAVEAT (Bartlett et aL. 1989. "Chemical and Biological Problems in Molecular 25 Recognition" Royal Society of Chemistry: Cambridge, pp. 182-196., Lauri & Bartlett. 1994. J. Comput. Aided Mol. Design 8:51), FLOG (Miller et al. 1994. J. Comp. Aided Molec. Design 8:153), and PROLIGAND (Clark et al. 1995. J. Comp. AidedMolec. Design 9:13), to name a few. Affinity differs from these methods in several aspects. 30 First, it uses full molecular mechanics in searching for and evaluating docked structures. In contrast descriptor-based methods use empirical rules which usually take into account only hydrogen bonding, hydrophobic interactions, and steric effects. This simplified description of ligand/receptor interaction is -67 insufficient in some cases. For example, Meng et aL 1992. J. Compt. Chem. 13:505 studied three scoring methods in evaluating docked structures generated by DOCK. They found that only the forcefield scores from molecular mechanics correctly identify structures closest to experimental binding geometry, while scoring 5 functions that consider only steric factors or only electrostatic factors are less successful. Note that in the study by Meng et al 1992. J. Compt. Chem. 13:505, docking was still performed using descriptors. Affinity, on the other hand, uses molecular mechanics in both docking and scoring and is therefore more consistent. Second, in Affinity, while the bulk of the receptor is fixed, the defined 10 binding site is free to move, thereby allowing the receptor to adjust to the binding of different ligands or different binding modes of the same ligand. By contrast, almost all of the descriptor-based methods fix the entire receptor. Third, the ligand itself is flexible in Affinity which permits different conformations of a ligand (i.e. transcription factor modulating compound) to be 15 docked to a receptor (i.e. transcription factor). Recently Oshiro et aL (1995 J' Comp. Aided Molec. Design 9; 113) extended DOCK to handle flexible ligands. FLOG is also able to treat flexible ligand by including different conformations for each structure in the database (Miller et al. 1995. J. Comp. Aided Molec. Design. 8:153). Most other methods are limited to rigid ligands. 20 There are also a few energy based docking methods (Kuntz et al. 1994. Acc. Chern Res. 27:117). These methods use either molecular dynamics (notably simulated annealing) or Monte Carlo methods. For example, Caflisch et al. 1992. Proteins: Sruct. Fract. and Genetics 13:223) developed a two step procedure for docking flexible ligands. In their procedure, ligand is first docked using a special 25 energy function designed to remove bad contact between the ligand and the receptor efficiently. Then Monte Carlo minimizati & Scheraga. 1987. Proc. NatI. Acad Sci. USA. 84:6611) is carried out to refne the docked structures using molecular mechanics. Hart and Read. 1992. Proteins: Stuet. Funct. and Genetics 13:206 also employ two steps to dock ligand. They use a score function based on 30 receptor geometry to approximately dock ligands in the first step, and then use Monte Carlo minimization similar to that of Caflisch et al. 1992. Proteins: Struct. wnct. and Genetics 13:223 for the second step. The method by Mizutani et al. (1994. J. Mol. Bio. 243:310) is another variation of this two step method. -68 - Affinity uses a Monte Carlo procedure in docking Uganda, but there are important distinctions over the prior art methods. First, the Monte Carlo procedure in Affinity can be used in conjunction either with energy minimization (to mimic the Monte Carlo minimization method of Li & Scheraga. 1987. Proc. Nall. Acad. 5 Sci. U.S.A. 84:6611) or with molecular dynamics (to mimic the hybrid Monte Carlo method, Clamp et al. 1994. J. Comput. Chem. 15:838, or the smart Monte Carlo method, Senderowitz et al. 1995. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117:8211). This flexibility allows Affinity to be applied to a variety of docking problems. Second, in the initial screening of docked structures, Affinity employs energy differences obtained 10 from molecular mechanics, while the methods discussed above use empirical rules or descriptors. Therefore, Affinity is more consistent in that it uses molecular mechanics in both initial screening and final refinement of docked structures. Third, Affinity allows the binding site of the receptor to relax, while the methods discussed above fix the entire receptor. Fourth, Affinity employs two new nonbond 15 techniques which are both accurate and efficient to make docking practical. One is the Grid/MM method of Luty et aL. which represents the bulk of the receptor by grids (Luty et aL. 1995. J. Comp. Chem. 16:454). This method is 10-20 times faster than the no-cutoff method with almost no loss in accuracy. It also incorporates the solvation method of Stouten et al. (1993. Molecular Simulation 10:97). The other 20 is the cell multipole method. This method is about 50/o slower than the Grid/MM method, but it does not require grid setup. Thus, a typical docking calculation takes about 1-3 hours of CPU time on an Indigo R4400 workstation. Once suitable chemical fragments have been selected, they can be assembled into a single compound or inhibiting compound. Assembly may be 25 proceed by visual inspection of the relationship of the fragments to each other on a three-dimensional image display on a computer screen in relation to the stmcture coordinate of a particular transcription factor, e.g., MarA. This may be followed by manual model building using software such as Quanta or Sybyl. Useful program to aid one of skill in the art iin e g the individual chemical 30 fragments include: -69 - 1. 3D Database systems such as MACCS-3D (MDL Information Systems, San Leandro, Calif. This area is reviewed in Martin, Y. C., 1992, "3D Database Searching in Drug Design", J Med. Chem., 35, pp. 2145-2154). 5 2.CAVEAT (Bartlett, P. A. et al, 1989, "CAVEAT: A Program to Facilitate the Structure-Derived Design of Biologically Active Molecules". In Molecular Recognition in Chemical and Biological Problems", Special Pub., Royal Chem. Soc., 78, pp. 182-196). CAVEAT is available from the University of California, Berkeley, Calif. CAVEAT suggests inhibiting compounds to MarA based on 10 desired bond vectors. 3.HOOK (available from Molecular Simulations, Burlington, Mass.). HOOK proposes docking sites by using multiple copies of functional groups in simultaneous searches. 15 In another embodiment, transcription factor modulating compounds may be designed as a whole or "de novo" using either an empty active site or optionally including some portion(s) of a known inhibiting compound(s). These methods include: 20 1. LUDI (Bobm, H.-J., "The Computer Program LUDI: A New Method for the De Novo Design of Enzyme Inhibiting compounds", J. ComR. Aid. Molec. Design, 6, pp. 61-78 (1992)). LUDI is available from Biosym Technologies, San Diego, Calif. LUDI is a program based on fragments rather than on descriptors. 25 LUDI proposes somewhat larger fragments to match with the interaction sites of a macromolecule and scores its hits based on geometric criteria taken from the Cambridge Structural Database (CSD), the Protein Data Bank (PDB) and on criteria based on binding data. LUDI is a library based method for docking fragments onto a binding site. Fragments are aligned with 4 directional interaction 30 sites (lipophilic-aliphatic, lipophilic-aromatic, hydrogen donor, and hydrogen acceptor) and scored for their degree of overlap. Fragments are then connected (i.e. a linker of the proper length is attached to each terminal atom in the fragments). -70- Note that conformational flexibility can be accounted for only by including multiple conformations of a particular fragment in the library. 2. LEGEND (Nishibata, Y. and A. Itai, Tetrahedron, 47, p. 8985 (1991)). 5 LEGEND is available from Molecular Simulations, Burlington, Mass. 3.CoMFA (Conformational Molecular Field Analysis) (1. J. Kaminski. 1994. Adv. Drug Delivery Reviews 14:331-337.) CoMFA defines 3-dimensional molecular shape descriptors to represent properties such as hydrophobic regions, 10 sterics, and electrostatics. Compounds from a database are then overlaid on the 3D pharmacophore model and rated for their degree of overlap. Small molecule databased that be searched include: ACD (over 1,000,000 compounds), Maybridge (about 500,000 compounds), NC (about 500,000 compounds), and CCSD. In measuring the goodness of the fit, molecules can either be fit to the 3D molecular 15 shape descriptors or to the active conformation of a known inhibiting compound. 4.leapFrog (available from Tripos Associates, St. Louis, Mo.). FlexX (0 1993-2002 GMD German National Research Center for 20 Information Technology; Rarey, M. et al. Mol. Biol., 261:407-489) is a fast, flexible docking method that uses an incremental construction algorithm to place ligands into and active site of the transcription factor. Ligands (e.g., transcription factor modulating compounds) that are capable of "fitting" into the active site are then scored according to any number of available scoring schemes to determine the 25 quality of the complimentarity between the active site and ligand. Other molecular modeling techniques may also be employed in accordance with this invention. See, e.g., Cohen, N. C. at al., "Molecular Modeling Software and Methods for Medicinal Chemistry, J. Med. Chem., 33, pp. 883-894 (1990). See also, Navia, M. A. and M. A. Murcko, "The Use of Structural Information in Drug 30 Design", Current Opinions in Structural Biology, 2, pp. 202-210 (1992). Candidate transcription factor modulating compounds can be evaluated for their modulating, e.g., inhibitory or stimulatory, activity using conventional techniques which may involve determining the location and binding proximity of a '-71 given moiety, the occupied space of a bound inhibiting compound, the deformation energy of binding of a given compound and electrostatic interaction energies. Examples of conventional techniques useful in the above evaluations include, but are not limited to, quantum mechanics, molecular dynamics, Monte Carlo 5 sampling, systematic searches and distance geometry methods (Marshall, G. R., 1987, Ann. Ref Pharmacol. Toxicol., 27:193). Examples of computer programs for such uses include, but are not limited to, Gaussian 92, revision E2 (Gaussian, Inc. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), AMBER version 4.0 (University of California, San Francisco), QUANTA/CHARMM (Molecular Simulations, Inc., Burlington, 1o Mass.), and Insight II/Discover (Biosym Technologies Inc., San Diego, Calif). These programs may be implemented, for example, using a Silicon Graphics Indigo2 workstation or IBM RISC/6000 workstation model 550. Other hardware systems and software packages will be known and of evident applicability to those skilled in the art. 15 Once a compound has been designed and selected by the above methods, the efficiency with which that compound may bind to a particular transcription factor may be tested and optimized by computational evaluation. An effective transcription factor modulating compound should demonstrate a relatively small difference in energy between its bound and free states (i.e., a small deformation 20 energy of binding). Transcription factor modulating compounds may interact with the selected transcription factor in more than one conformation that is similar in overall binding energy. In those cases, the deformation energy of binding may be taken to be the difference between the energy of the free compound and the average energy of the conformations observed when the inhibiting compound binds to the 25 enzyme. A compound designed or selected as interacting with a selected transcription factor, e.g., a MarA family polypeptide, e.g., MarA, Rob, or SoxS may be further computationally optimized so that in its bound state it would preferably lack repulsive electrostatic interaction with the target protein. Such non 30 complementary (e.g., electrostatic) interactions include repulsive charge-charge, dipole-dipole and charge-dipole interactions. Specifically, the sum of all electrostatic interactions between the modulating compound and the enzyme when - 72the modulating compound is bound to the selected transcription factor, preferably make a neutral or favorable contribution to the enthalpy of binding. Specific computer software is available in the art to evaluate compound deformation energy and electrostatic interaction. Examples of programs designed 5 for such uses include: Gaussian 92, revision C [M. J. Frisch, Gaussian, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa. @1992]; AMBER, version 4.0 [P. A. KoUman, University of California at San Francisco, @1994]; QUANTA/CHARMM [Molecular Simulations, Inc., Burlington, Mass. 01994]; and Insight I/Discover (Biosysm Technologies Inc., San Diego, Calif. 01994). These programs may be 10 implemented, for instance, using a Silicon Graphics workstation, IRIS 4D/35 or IBM RISC/6000 workstation model 550. Other hardware systems and software packages will be known to those skilled in the art. Once a transcription factor modulating compound has been optimally selected or designed, as described above, substitutions may then be made in some 15 of its atoms or side groups in order to improve or modify its binding properties. Initial substitutions are preferable conservative, i.e., the replacement group will have approximately the same size, shape, hydrophobicity and charge as the original group. Substitutions known in the art to alter conformation should be avoided. Such substituted chemical compounds may then be analyzed for efficiency of fit to 20 the selected transcription factor by the same computer methods described above. Computer programs can be used to identify unoccupied (aqueous) space between the van der Waals surface of a compound and the surface defined by residues in the binding site. These gaps in atom-atom contact represent volume that could be occupied by new fimctional groups on a modified version of the lead 25 compound. More efficient use of the unoccupied space in the binding site could lead to a stronger binding compound if the overall energy of such a change is favorable. A region of the binding pocket which has unoccupied volume large enough to accommodate the volume of a group equal to or larger than a covalently bonded carbon atom can be identified as a promising position for functional group 30 substitution. Functional group substitution at this region can constitute substituting something other than a carbon atom, such as oxygen. If the volume is large enough to accommodate a group larger than a carbon atom, a different functional group which would have a high likelihood of interacting with protein residues in this -73 region may be chosen. Features which contribute to interaction with protein residues and identification of promising substitutions include hydrophobicity, size, rigidity and polarity. The combination of docking, K 4 estimation, and visual representation of sterically allowed room for improvement permits prediction of 5 potent derivatives. Once a transcription factor modulating compound has been selected or designed, computational methods to assess its overall likeness or similarity to other molecules can be used to search for additional compounds with similar biochemical behavior. In such a way, for instance, HTS derived hits can be tested to assure that to they are bona fide ligands against a particular active site, and to eliminate the possibility that a particular hit is an artifact of the screening process. There are currently several methods and approaches to determine a particular compound's similarity to members of a virtual database of compounds. One example is the OPTISIM methodology that is distributed in the Tripos package, SYBYL (0 1991 15 2002 Tripos, Inc., St. Louis, MO). OPTISIM exploits the fact that each 3 dimensional representation of a molecule can be broken down into a set of 2 dimensional fragments and encoded into a pre-defined binary string. The result is that each compound within a particular set is represented by a unique numerical code or fingerprint that is amenable to mathematical manipulations such as sorting 20 and comparison. OPTISIM is automated to calculate and report the percent difference in the fingerprints of the respective compounds for instance according to the using a formalism known as the Tanimoto coefficient. For instance, a compound that is similar in structure to another will shar a high coefficient. Large virtual databases of commercially available compounds or of hypothetical 25 compounds can be quickly screened to identify compounds with high Tanimoto coefficient. Once a series of similar transcription factor modulating compounds has been identified and expanded by the methods described, their experimentally determined biological activities can be correlated with their structural features 30 using a number of available statistical packages. In a typical project within the industry, the CoMFA (COmparative Molecular Field Analysis) and QSAR (Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship) packages within the SYBYL suite of programs (Tripos Associates, St. Louis, MO) are utilized. In CoMFA, a particular -74series of compounds with measured activities are co-aligned in a manner that is believed to emulate their arrangement as they interact with the active site. A 3 dimensional lattice, or grid is then constructed to encompass the collection of the so-aligned compounds. At each point on the lattice, an evaluation of the potential 5 energy is determined and tabulated-typically potentials that simulate the electronic and steric fields are determined, but other potential functions are available. Using the statistical methods such as PLS (Partial Least Squares), correlation between the measured activities and the potential energy values at the grid-points can be determined and summed in a linear equation to produce the overall molecular 10 correlation or QSAR model. A particularly useful feature in CoMFA is that the individual contribution for each grid-point is known; the importance of the grid points upon the overall correlation can be visualized graphically in what is referred to as a CoMFA field. When this field is combined with the original compound alignment, it becomes a powerful tool to rationalize the activities of the individual 15 compounds from whence the model was derived, and to predict how chemical modification of a reference compound would be effected. As an example, a QSAR model was developed for a set of 92 benzodiazepines using the method described above. Structure based drug design as described herein or known in the art can be 20 used to identify candidate compounds or to optimize compounds identified in screening assays described herein. The invention pertains, per se, to not only the methods for identifying the transcription factor modulating compounds, but to the compounds identified by the methods of the invention as well as methods for using the identified compounds. 25 IV. Methods for Identifying Molecules That Contribute to Virulence in Microbes In another aspect, the invention pertains to a method of determining whether 30 a molecule, e.g., a transcription factor or a molecule whose expression is regulated by atranscription factor is a virulence factor by creating a microbe in which the transcription factor is misexpressed and introducing the microbe into a mamma, e.g., a non-human animal or a human subject (Bieber, D. et al. 1998 Science -75- 280:2114). In one embodiment, the molecule is a transcription factor. In one embodiment, the transcription factor comprises an HTH domain. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is an AraC family member. In another embodiment, the transcription factor is a Mar A family member. 5 Molecules for testing can be misexpressed using standard methods known in the art. Misexpression can arise when the molecule is expressed in a form that is non-functional or when the molecule is not expressed at all by a cell. For example, in one embodiment, one or more mutations can be introduced into a gene to be tested or into a regulatory region controlling expression of the molecule. Current 10 methods in widespread use for creating mutant proteins in a library format are ermr-prone polymerase chain and cassette mutagenesis, in which the specific region to be mutagenized is replaced with a synthetically mutagenized oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, a gene can be deleted. Genetic alteration in the 15 form of disruption or deletion can be accomplished by several means known to those skilled in the ait, including homologous recombination using an antibiotic resistance marker. These methods involve disruption of a gene using restriction endonucleases such that part or all ofthe gene is disrupted or eliminated or such that the normal transcription and translation are interrupted, and an antibiotic 20 resistance marker for phenotypic screening. In a preferred embodiment, in frame deletions of a specific transcription factor can be constructed using crossover PCR and allelic exchange. Molecules identified as being important in microbial virulence in this type of assay can then be used to identify modulators of the expression and/or activity of 25 the molecule, using methods e.g., as described herein. In one embodiment, a test compound identified in a primary screen (e.g., in a cell-free or whole cell assay or using drug design techniques can be tested in a secondary screening assay, e.g., in an animal model. In one embodiment, an animal model of infection is used in which the 30 ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal The microbe is then tested in the animal model for its ability to infect the animal. The lack of infection means that the - 76animal was not colonized by the microbe and indicates that the gene is involved in the virulence process. For example, non-human animal models which test for the ability of a microbe to colonize a host are known in the art. Although models which do not 5 strictly require colonization (e.g., models in which non-human animals are injected with microbes and the LDSO or time to death is measured) can be used in the instant methods, such methods are not preferred. Preferred models require that the microbe be capable of colonizing a host in order to grow in the host and cause pathogenesis (Alksne, L.E. and Projan,S.J.,. 2000 Current Opinion in 10 Biotechnology 11:625-636) Exemplary models include models in which bacteria (e.g., a virulent strain of E. coh) are injected into the intestines of rodents or rabbits and the ability of the bacteria to cause pathology in the gut in the presence and absence of a candidate virulence factor or in the presence and absence of a test compound is measured. 15 In another embodiment, the ability of a strain of Neisseria to colonize the genitourinary tract can be measured in the presence and absence of a candidate virulence factor or in the presence and absence of a test compound. In still another embodiment, the ability of H. pylori to colonize the gut can be measured in the presence and absence of a candidate virulence factor or in the 20 presence and absence of a test compound. In yet another embodiment, the ability of an organism, e.g., P. aeriginosa, to cause infection in a non-human animal burn model or a thigh wound model can be measured in the presence and absence of a candidate virulence factor or in the presence and absence of a test compound. Models which involve traumatization of 25 the cornea can also be used. In yet another embodiment, an in vitro model can be used to test the virulence of a microbe, e.g., by testing for the ability of a microbe to adhere to epithelial cell monolayers and elicit an inflammatory response (Tang et al. 1996. Infection and Immunity. 64:37). 30 In yet another embodiment, non-human animals can be coinfected with more than one strain of bacteria (see e.g., Rippere-Lampe et al. 2001. Infection and Immunity 69:3954). - 77 - In another embodiment, a non-human model of infection with Yersinla, (e.g., Y. pests or models of Y pestis, e.g., Y. enterocolitica or Y. pseudotuberculosis) can be used. In an exemplary animal model, Y. enterocolitica or Y. pseudotuberculosis can be administered orally or via intrapeitoneal 5 inoculation. Following oral ingestion, the bacteria localize to the distal ileum and proximal colon and then invade the M cells of the Peyer's patches and colonize the underlying lymph tissues. The bacteria then spread to the mesenteric lymph nodes and, eventually, to the spleen and the liver. The number of bacteria in tissues (e.g., the cecum, Peyer's patches, mesenteric lymph nodes, and spleens) can be 10 determined (Mecsas et al. 2001. Infection and Immunity. 67:2779; Monack et al. 1998. J. Exp. Med. 188:2127). For example, in order to evaluate the virulence in vivo of Y pseudotubercdosis lacking LerF (VirF), a single null mutation in lcrF (vir) will 15 be created in strain YPIIpIBI using previously described genetic techniques. The wild type and mutant strains will be used to infect mice as described below. Briefly, 8- to 10-week-old BALB/c female mice can be infected orally with serial 1 0-fold dilutions of wild type or mutant Y. pseudotuberculosis. The infected mice will be monitored for a period of 30 days and the point of 50% lethality 20 (LDso) will be calculated as described previously. Once the LD 5 o is determined, a sub-lethal dose of both wild type and mutant Y. pseudotuberculosis can be used to infect mice. Five days post-infection, the mice will be sacrificed and tissues, including small intestine lumen, cecal lumen, large intestine lumen, Peyer's patches, mesenteric lymph nodes, spleen, liver, 25 lungs, and kidneys, and blood will be examined for bacterial load according to an established protocol. The experiments will allow comparison of the infectivity of the two strains and identify more subtle changes in virulence, parameters that will be important for subsequent experiments. In yet another exemplary animal model, Y. pestis can be administered 30 subcutaneously in a murine host and the dose necessary to kill 50% of a mouse population [lethal dose 50 (LDSO)] can be determined (Rossi et aL. 2001. Infection and Immunity. 69:6707; Thompson et aL. 1999. Infection and Immunity. 67:38779). - 78 - In still another embodiment, a non-human animal model of prostatitis can be used. Rat models of prostatitis are known in the art (see e.g., Rippere-Lampe. 2001. Infection and Inmunity 69:6515). Animals can be infected with and organism (e.g., uropathogenic Echerichia coli via a transurethral catheter or 5 intravesicular inocuJation. Prostate glands can be removed and the number of organism determined (e.g., by homogenizing the tissues, serially diluting them, and plating them for colony counts). In yet another embodiment, a non-human animal model of urinary tract infection (an ascending pyelonephritis model) can be used. Such models have been 10 previously described and can be found in the literature. For a review see Mulvy et al. ((2000) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 97:8829-35) or Schilling et al. ((2001) Urology 57:56-61. Specific examples can be found in Hagberg et al. ((1983) Infection and Immunity 40:273-283), Johnson et al. ((1993) Molec. Micro. 10:143 155), Mobley et al. ((1990) Infection and Immunity 58:1281-1289), and Rippere 15 Lampe et al. ((2001) Infection and Immunity 69:3954-64). The use of such a model is described in the instant examples. The number of bacteria present in the non-human animal can be directly quantitated, e.g., by harvesting the affected organ and determining the level of bacterial contamination using standard techniques. In another embodiment, the 20 growth of the microbe in the host can be determined indirectly, e.g., by quantitating pathogenic lesions in the organ(s) of a host or by measuring the level of the host's immune response to the microbe. It will be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that any of these models, as well as others described herein or known in the art, can also be used to 25 identify compounds that modulate transcription fator activity. V. Transcription Factor Modulating Compounds and Test Compounds 30 Compounds for testing in the instant methods can be derived from a variety of different sources and can be known (although not previously known to modulate the activity and/or expression of transcription factors) or can be novel. In one embodiment, libraries of compounds are tested in the instant methods to identify -79transariptional activation factor modulating compounds, e.g., HTH protein modulating compounds, AraC family polypeptide modulating compounds, MarA family polypeptide modulating compounds, etc. In another embodiment, known compounds are tested in the instant methods to identify transcription factor 5 modulating compounds (such as, for example, HTH protein modulating compounds, AraC family polypeptide modulating compounds, MarA family polypeptide modulating compounds, etc.). In an embodiment, compounds among the list of compounds generally regarded as safe (GRAS) by the Environmental Protection Agency are tested in the instant methods. In another embodiment, the 10 transcription factors which are modulated by the modulating compounds are transcription factors of prokaryotic microbes. In one embodiment, a plurality of test compounds are tested using the disclosed methods. In another embodiment, the compounds tested in the subject screening assays were not previously known to modulate transcription factor 15 activity. A recent trend in medicinal chemistry includes the production of mixtures of compounds, referred to as libraries. While the use of libraries of peptides is well established in the art, new techniques have been developed which have allowed the production of mixtures of other compounds, such as benzodiazepines (Bunin et al. 20 1992. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 114:10987; DeWitt et al. 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6909) peptoids (Zuckermann. 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37:2678) oligocarbamates (Cho et al. 1993. Science. 261:1303), and hydantoins (DeWitt et al. supra). Rebek et al. have described an approach for the synthesis of molecular libraries of small organic molecules with a diversity of 104-105 (Carell at al. 1994. 25 Angew. Chem. Int. Ed Engl. 33:2059; Carell et al. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1994. 33:2061). The compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase 30 libraries, synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution, the 'one-bead one compound'library method, and synthetic hbrary methods using affnity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide -80oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K.S. Anticancer Drug Des. 1997. 12:145). Exemplary compounds which can be screened for activity include, but are not limited to, peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small organic molecules, and 5 natural product extract libraries. In one embodiment, the test compound is a peptide or peptidomimetic. In another, preferred embodiment, the compounds are small, organic non-peptidic compounds. Other exemplary methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: Erb et al. 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 10 91:11422; Horwell at al. 1996 Immunopharmacology 33:68; and in Gallop et al. 1994. J. Med Chem. 37:1233. Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Biotechniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991) Natre 354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993) Nature 364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner USP 5,223,409), spores 15 (Ladner USP '409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992) ProcNatlAcadSci USA 89:1865 1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990) Science 249:386-390); (Devlin (1990) Science 249:404-406); (Cwirla et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:6378-6382); (Felici (1991) J. Mol. Bio. 222:301-310); (Ladner supra.). Other types of peptide libraries may also be expressed, see, for example, U.S. Patents 5,270,181 and 20 5,292,646). In still another embodiment, combinatorial polypeptides can be produced from a cDNA library. In other embodiments, the compounds can be nucleic acid molecules. In preferred embodiments, nucleic acid molecules for testing are small oligonucleotides. Such oligonucleotides can be randomly generated libraries of 25 oligonucleotides or can be specifically designed to reduce the activity of a transcription factor, e.g., a HTH protein, a MarA family polypeptide, or an AraC family polypeptide. For example, in one embodiment, these oligonucleotides are sense or antisense oligonucleotides. In one embodiment, oligonucleotides for testing are sense to the binding site of a particular transcription factor, e.g., a MarA 30 family polypeptide helix-turn-helix domain. Methods of designing such oligonucleotides given the sequences of a particular transcription factor polypeptide, such as a MarA family polypeptide, is within the skill of the art. -81- In yet another embodiment, computer programs can be used to identify individual compounds or classes of compounds with an increased likelihood of modulating a transcription factor activity, e.g., an HTH protein, a AraC family polypeptide, or a MarA family polypeptide activity. Such programs can screen for 5 compounds with the proper molecular and chemical complementarities with a chosen transcription factor. In this manner, the efficiency of screening for transcription factor modulating compounds in the assays described above can be enhanci. 10 VI Microbes Suitable For Testing in Assays and/or Treating with the Identified Compounds Numerous different microbes are suitable for testing in the instant assays 15 (e.g., as sources of transcription factors for testing) or infections with these microbes can be treated with the compounds identified using the assays described herein. For use in assays they may be used as intact cells or as sources of material, e.g., nucleic acid molecules or polypeptides as described herein. In one embodiment, the cells comprise a transcription factor, e.g., an 20 AraC/XyIS or a MarA family transcription factor. In one embodiment, microbes for use in the claimed methods constitutively express a transcription factor. In preferred embodiments, microbes for use in the claimed methods are bacteria, either Gram negative or Gram positive bacteria. More specifically, any 25 bacteria that are shown to become resistant to antibiotics, e.g., to display a Mar phenotype are preferred for use in the claimed methods, or that are infectious or potentially infectious. Examples of microbes suitable for testing or treating include, but are not limited to, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas 30 acidovorans, Pseudomonas alcaligenes, Pseudomonas puida, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Burkholderia cepacia, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Escherichia coli, Citrobacterfreundii, Salmonella enterica Typhimurium, Salmonella enterica Typhi, Salmonella enterica Paratyphi, Salmonella enterica Enteridtidis, Shigella -82dysentenae, Shigellaflexneri, Shigella somei, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Elebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Francisella tularensis, Morganella morganil, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus wgaris, Providencia alcalifaciens, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartli, Acinetobacter 5 calcoaceticus, Acinetobacter haemolyticus, Yeruinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pests, Yersiniapseudotuberculosis, Yersinia intermedia, Bordetella pertussis, Bordetella parapertussis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Haemophilus haemolyticus, Haemophilusparahaemolyticus, Haemophilus ducreyl, Pasteurella multocida, Pasteurella haemolytica, 10 Branhamella catarrhalis, Helicobacterpylori, Campylobacter fetus, Campylobacterjejuni, Cwnpylobacter coli, Borrelia burgdorfert, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaenolytcus, Legionella pneumophila, Listeria monocytogenes, Neissena gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Gardnerella vaginas, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides distaonis, Bacteroides 3452A homology group, Baderoides 15 vulgatus, Bacteroides ovahus, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides uniformis, Bacteroides eggerthii, Bacteroides splanchnicus, Clostridium difficile, Mycobacterlum tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacteriwn leprae, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, 20 Streptococcus pyogenes, Enterococcusfaecals, Enterococcusfaectum, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus intermedius, Staphylococcus hyicus subsp. hylcus, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, and Staphylococcus saccharolyticus. 25 In one embodiment, microbes suitable for testing or treating are bacteria from the family Enterobacteriaceae. In preferred embodiments, the compound is effective against a bacteria of a genus selected from the group consisting of: Escherichia, Proteus, Salmonella, Klebsiella, Providencia, Enterobacter, Burkholderia, Pseudomonas, Aeromonas, Haemophilus, YersinIa, Nelsseria, and 30 Mycobacteria. -83- In yet other embodiments, the microbes to be tested are Gram positive bacteria and are from a genus selected from the group consisting of Lactobacillus, Azorhizobium, Streptomyces, Pediococcus, Photobacterium, Bacillus, Enterococcus, Staphylococcus, Clostridium, and Streptococcus. 5 In other embodiments, the microbes to be tested or treated are fungi. In a preferred embodiment the fungus is from the genus Mucor or Candida, e.g., Mucor racmemus or Candida albicans. In yet other embodiments, the microbes to be tested or treated are protozoa. In a preferred embodiment the microbe is a malaria or cryptosporidium parasite. 10 In another embodiment, the microbe to be tested is of concern as a potential bioterrorism agent. For example, in one embodiment, one or more of the microbes selected from the group consisting of. Bacillus anthracis (anthrax); Clostridium botulinum; Yersiniapestis;; Francisella tularensis (tularemia); Burkholderia pseudomallei; Coxella burnetti (Q fever); Brucella species (brucellosis); 15 Burkholderla mallei (glanders);; Epsilon toxin of Clostridium perfringens; Staphylococcus enterotoxin B; Typhus fever (Rickettusia prowazekai); Diarrheagenic E. coli; Pathogenic Vibrios (e.g., V. parahaemolyticus, V. vulnificus, V. mimicus, V. hollisae, V. fluvialis, V. alginolyticus, V. metschnikoviL and V. damsela; Shigella spp. -; Sahnonella spp.; Listeria monocytogener, Campylobacterpejuni; 20 Yersinia enterocolitica); Multi-drug resistant TB; ;Other Rickettsias (e.g., R. rickettii, R. conorii, R. sutsugamushi, R typhi, and R. akari); and is tested in the subject assays or is treated using a compound of the invention. In another embodiment, an organism is potentially important as an agent in bioterrorism which has a Mar-like system is tested in the subject assays or is treated 25 using a compound of the invention. Exemplary organisms include: E. coli (enteropathogenic E.coll (EPEC), enterotoxigenic E. col (ETEC), enterohemorrhagic (EHEC), enteroaggregative (EABC), Shiga toxin producing E. coli (STEC)), Salmonella enterica serovar Choleraesuis, Salmonella enterica serovar Enteritidis, Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium, Salmonella enterica 30 serovar Typhimurium DT104, Yersinia spp. (Y. pests, Y. enterocolitica, Y. pseudotuberculosis) Shigella app. (S.flener4 S. sonnet, & dysenteriae) ibrio cholerae, and Bacillus app. - 84- VII Pharmaceutical Compositions The agents which modulate the activity or expression of transcription factors can be administered to a subject using pharmaceutical compositions 5 suitable for such administration. Such compositions typically comprise the agent (e.g., nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment, such compositions can be administered in combination with a second agent For example, an agent that modulates the activity or 10 expression of a transcription factor can be administered to a subject along with a second agent that is effective at controlling the growth or virulence of a microbe. Exemplary agents include antibiotics or biocides. Such a second agent can be administered or contacted with a microbe or a surface either separately or as part of the pharmaceutical composition comprising the agent which modulates the activity 15 or expression of the transcription factor. As used herein the language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents 20 for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. A pharmaceutical composition used in the therapeutic methods of the 25 invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following 30 components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as -85 ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or 5 multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, 10 bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisnms such as bacteria and fungi.- The carrier can 15 be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. 20 Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions 25 can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the agent that modulates the expression and/or activity of a transcription in the required amount in. an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, 30 as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powder for the preparation of sterile injectable -86solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. 5 They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished 10 and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent 15 such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form 20 of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer. Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or tranudarmal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in 25 the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be , accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. 30 The agents that modulate the activity of transcription factors can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g-., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery. -87- In one embodiment, the agents that modulate transcription factor expression and/or activity am prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible 5 polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with 10 monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811. It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit 15 form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required phannaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of 20 the agent that modulates the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an agent for the treatment of subjects. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such agents can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., 25 for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). Preliminary in vitro cytotoxicity (Tox) assays of all newly synthesized Mar inhibitors will be performed on African green monkey kidney COS-1 and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO-KI) cell lines according to standard methods and in a 30 relatively high-throughput manner using automatic liquid dispensers and robotic instrumentation. Briefly, cell cultures are washed, trypsinized, and harvested. The cell suspensions are then prepared, used to seed 96-well black-walled microtiter plates, and incubated under tissue culture conditions overnight at 370C. On the -88 following day, serial dilutions of a Mar inhibitor are transferred to the plates that are then incubated for a period of 24 hr. Subsequently, the media/drug is aspirated and 50 sA of Resazurin is added. Resazurin is a soluble non-toxic dye that is used as an indicator of cellular metabolism and is routinely employed for these types of 5 cytotoxicity assays. Plates are then incubated under tissue culture conditions for 2 hr and then in the dak for an additional 30 mi. Fluorescence measurements (excitation 535 mn, emission 590 urn) are recorded and are used to calculate toxicity versus control cells. Ultimately, Toxso and Toxio values will be determined and these values 10 represent the concentration of compound necessary to inhibit cellular proliferation by 50% and 100%, respectively. Control cytotoxic and non-cytotoxic compounds are routinely included in all assays. The goal of these experiments is to identify compounds with little or no measurable in vitro cytotoxicity, defined as compounds with Tox 5 o and Toxioo values 3:50 - 100 sg/ml. 15 Mar inhibitors that perform favorably in the cellular Tox assays will be studied in a mouse model of acute toxicity. Briefly, groups of female CD1 mice (n=5) will be treated with the test compound or a control compound (vehicle) via a subcutaneous route of administration at up to three dose levels for five days. Overt signs of animal distress, e.g., general clinical observations, weight loss, feed 20 consumption, etc., will be monitored daily. Animals will be euthanized, via C0 2 10 2 asphyxiation, upon completion of the study and hematological and pathological tissue analyses and senum chemistries can be performed. The goal will be to identify compounds without detectable (215-25 mg/kg) acute toxicity. 25 The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Agents which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While agents that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells 30 and, thereby, reduce side effects. The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such transcription factor modulating agents lies preferably within a range of circulating - 89 concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any agent used in the therapeutic methods of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell 5 culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (ie., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high to performance liquid chromatography. As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about I to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 15 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective 20 amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments. It will also be appreciated that the effective dosage of antibody, protein, or polypeptide used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment Changes in dosage may result and become apparent from the results of diagnostic assays as described 25 herein. The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression and/or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics, amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, 30 nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (Le., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds -90having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds. It is understood that appropriate doses of small molecule agents 5 depends upon a number of factors within the ken of the ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian, or researcher. The dose(s) of the small molecule will vary, for example, depending upon the identity, size, and condition of the subject or sample being treated, further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered, if applicable, and the effect which the practitioner desires the small 10 molecule to have upon the nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention. Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to 15 about 50 micrograms per kilogram). It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression and/or activity to be modulated. Such appropriate doses may be determined using the assays described herein. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., ahuman)in order to 20 modulate expression and/or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the 25 activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression and/or activity to be modulated. 30 VIIL Methods of Treatment The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject, e.g., a human, at risk of(or susceptible to) or having a microbial infection by administering an agent which modulates the expression -91and/or activity of a transcription factor. The term "treatment", as used herein, is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, who has an infection, a symptom of an infection, or a predisposition toward an infection, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve 5 or affect the infection, the symptoms of the infection, or the predisposition toward an infection, e.g., a bacterial infection. In one embodiment, the invention provides for a method of treatment, either prophylactic or therapeutic of a subject or apatient population at risk of infection, e.g., individuals in long term care facilities, critical and intensive care units, 10 transplant (idney) services, post-surgical (urologic) or oncology units, sexually active young females, or postmenopausal women that experience recurrent UTL In addition, the subject methods and compounds can be used in the prophylactic treatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria in pregnant women and patients undergoing urologic surgery or renal transplants. Immunocompromised or catheterized patients 15 could also be treated using the subject methods and compounds. In one embodiment, the compounds and methods of the invention can be used to treat genito-urinary tract infections (e.g., cystitis, uncomplicated UTI, acute uncomplicated pyelonephritis, complicated UTI, ULI in women, UTI in men, recurrent UT, and asymptomatic bacteriuria). 20 In one embodiment, the invention provides for a method of treatment, either prophylactic or therapeutic treatment, of a subject or a patient population exposed to or at risk of exposure to an organism potentially important as an agent in bioterrorism by modulating the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor. Exemplary therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, small 25 molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides. In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a microbial infection by administering to the subject an agent which modulates the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor or a combination of such agents. Subjects at risk for an infection can be identified, for example, based on the status 30 of the subject (e.g., determining that a subject is immunocompromised) or based on the environmental conditions to which the subject is exposed, (e.g., determining that there is a possibility that the subject may be exposed to a certain agent). Mministration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of -92symptoms characteristic of an infection, such that an infection is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. The appropriate agent can be determined, e.g., based on screening assays described herein. Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods for treating a subject 5 suffering from an existing microbial infection. These methods involve administering to a subject an agent which modulates (e.g., inhibits) the expression and/or activity of a transcription factor or a combination of such agents. In one embodiment, a second agent may be administered in conjunction with a transcription factor modulating agent of the invention. For example, the 10 second agent can be one which is used clinically for treatment of the microbe. For example, in one embodiment, an antibiotic is coindministered with a transcription factor modulating agent (e.g., is administered as part of the same treatment protocol) or is present on the same surface as the transcription factor modulating agent 15 In one embodiment, such a combination therapy is administered to prevent recurring infections (e.g., recurring urinary tract infections) or biofilm-related infections. In another embodiment, such a combination therapy is administered to reduce the amount of antibiotic or eliminate the need for one or more antibiotics for prophylaxis or treatment In another embodiment, such a combination treatment 20 prevents resistance to the antibiotic from developing in the microbe. In one embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for dispersing or preventing the formation of a biofilm on a surface (e.g., an abiotic, i.e., non-living surface, or in an area, by administering an effective amount of a transcription factor modulating compound, e.g., a HTH protein modulating compound, an AraC family 25 polypeptide modulating compound, a MarA family polypeptide modulating compound, or a MarA inhibiting compound. It has been discovered that the absence of MarA and its homologs has a negative effect on biofilm formation in E. coli. In order to confirm this finding genetically, plasmid encoded marA was transformed into an E. coll strain deleted of 30 marA, soxS, and rob (triple knockout). The expression of MarA in this triple knockout restored bioflm formation in this host to a level that was comparable to that of the wild type host. - 93 - The term "bioflim" includes biological films that develop and persist at interfaces in aqueous and other environments. Biofdlms are composed of microorganisms embedded in an organic gelatinous structure composed of one or more matrix polymers which are secreted by the resident microorganisms. The 5 term "biofilm" also includes bacteria that are attached to a surface in sufficient numbers to be detected or communities of microorganisms attached to a surface (Costerton, J. W., et al. (1987) Ann. Rev. MicrobLo. 41:435-464; Shapiro, J. A. (1988) Sci Am. 256:82-89; O'Toole, 0. et al. (2000) Annu Rev Microbiol. 54:49 79). 10 In another embodiment, the invention pertains to methods of treating biofilm associated states in a subject, by administering to said subject an effective amount of a transcription factor modulating compound, e.g., a MarA family inhibiting compound, such that the biofilm associated state is treated The term "biofilm associated states" includes disorders which are 15 characterized by the presence or potential presence of a bacterial biofihn. Many medically important pathogens form biofilms and biofilm formation is often one component of the infectious process (Costerton, J. W. et al. (1999) Science 284:1318-1322). Examples of biofilm associated states include, but are not limited to, middle ear infections, cystic fibrosis, osteomyelitis, acne, dental cavities, and 20 prostatitis. Biofilm associated states also include infection of the subject by one or more bacteria, e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa. One consequence of biofilm formation is that bacteria within biofilms are generally less susceptible to a range of different antibiotics relative to their planktonic counterparts. Furthermore, the invention also pertains to methods for preventing the 25 formation of biofilms on surfaces or in areas, by contacting the area with an effective amount of a transcription factor modulating compound, e.g., a MarA family inhibiting compound, etc. Industrial facilities employ many methods of preventing biofouling of industrial water systems. Many microbial organisms are involved in biofihm 30 formation in industrial waters. Growth of slime-producing bacteria in industrial water systems causes problems including decreased heat transfer, fouling and blockage of lines and valves, and corrosion or degradation of surfaces. Control of bacterial growth in the past has been accomplished with biocides. Many biocides -94and biocide formulations are known in the art. However, many of these contain components which may be environmentally deleterious or toxic, and me often resistant to breakdown. The transcription factor inhibiting compounds, such as but not limited to 5 AraC family inhibiting compounds and MarA family inhibiting compounds, of the present invention are useful in a variety of environments including industrial, clinical, the household, and personal care. The compositions of the invention may comprise one or more compounds of the invention as an active ingredient acting alone, additively, or synergistically against the target organism 10 The compounds of the invention may be formulated in a composition suitable for use in environments including industry, pharmaceutics, household, and personal care. In an embodiment, the compounds of the invention are soluble in water. The modulating compounds may be applied or delivered with an acceptable carrier system. The composition may be applied or delivered with a suitable carrier 15 system such that the active ingredient (e.g., transcription factor modulating compound of the invention such as a MarA family modulating compound, e.g., a MarA family polypeptide inhibiting compound) may be dispersed or dissolved in a stable mamner so that the active ingredient, when it is administered directly or indirectly, is present in a form in which it is available in a advantageous way. 20 Also, the separate components of the compositions of the invention may be preblended or each component may be added separately to the same environment according to a predetermined dosage for the purpose of achieving the desired concentration level of the treatment components and so long as the components eventually come into intimate admixture with each other. Further, the present 25 invention may be administered or delivered on a continuous or intermittent basis. A transcription factor modulating compound when present in a composition will generally be present in an amount from about 0.000001% to about 100%, more preferably from about 0.001% to about 50%, and most preferably from about 0.01% to about 25%. 30 For compositions of the present invention comprising a carrier, the composition comprises, for example, from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 50% to about 99%, and most preferably from about 75% to about 99% by weight of at least one carrier. - 95 - The transcription factor modulating compound of the invention may be formulated with any suitable carrier and prepared for delivery in forms, such as, solutions, microemulsions, suspensions or aerosols. Generation of the aerosol or any other means of delivery of the present invention may be accomplished by any 5 of the methods known in the art. For example, in the case of aerosol delivery, the compound is supplied in a finely divided form along with any suitable carrier with a propellant. Liquefied propellants are typically gases at ambient conditions and are condensed under pressure. The propellant may be any acceptable and known in the art including propane and butane, or other lower alkanes, such as those of up to 10 5 carbons. The composition is held within a container with an appropriate propellant and valve, and maintained at elevated pressure until released by action of the valve. The compositions of the invention may be prepared in a conventional form suitable for, but not limited to topical or local application such as an ointment, 15 paste, gel, spray and liquid, by including stabilizers, penetrants and the carrier or diluent with the compound according to a known technique in the art. These preparations may be prepared in a conventional form suitable for enteral, parenteral, topical or inhalational applications. The present invention may be used in compositions suitable for household 20 use. For example, compounds of the present invention are also useful as active antmicrobial ingredients in household products such as cleansers, detergents, disinfectants, dishwashing liquids, soaps and detergents. In an embodiment, the transcription factor modulating compound of the present invention may be delivered in an amount and form effective for the prevention, removal or 25 termination of microbes. The compositions of the invention for household use comprise, for example, at least one transcription factor modulating compound of the invention and at least one suitable carrier. For example, the composition may comprise from about 0.00001% to about 50%, preferably from about 0.0001% to about 25%, most 30 preferably from about 0.0005% to about 10% by weight of the modulating compound based on the weight percentage of the total composition. -96- The transcription factor modulating compound of the present invention may also be used in hygiene compositions for personal care. For instance, compounds of the invention can be used as an active ingredient in personal care products such as facial cleansers, astringents, body wash, shampoos, conditioners, cosmetics and 5 other hygiene products. The hygiene composition may comprise any carrier or vehicle known in the art to obtain the desired form (such as solid, liquid, semisolid or aerosol) as long as the effects of the compound of the present invention are not impaired. Methods of preparation of hygiene compositions are not described herein in detail, but are known in the art. For its discussion of such methods, Th CTFA 10 Cosmetic Inredient Handbook. Second Edition, 1992, and pages 5-484 of A Formulary of Cosmetic Preparations (Vol. 2, Chapters 7-16) are incorporated herein by reference. The hygiene composition for use in personal care comprise generally at least one modulating compound of the present application and at least one suitable carrier. 15 For example, the composition may comprise from about 0.00001% to about 50%, preferably from about 0.0001% to about 25%, more preferably from about 0.0005% to about 10% by weight of the transcription factor modulating compound of the invention based on the weight percentage of the total composition. The transcription factor modulating compound of the present invention may 20 be used in industry. In the industrial setting, the presence of microbes can be problematic, as microbes are often responsible for industrial contamination and biofouling. Compositions of the invention for industrial applications may comprise an 25 effective amount of the compound of the present invention in a composition for industrial use with at least one acceptable carrier or vehicle known in the art to be useful in the treatment of such systems. Such carriers or vehicles may include diluents, deflocculating agents, penetrants, spreading agents, surfactants, suspending agents, wetting agents, stabilizing agents, compatibility agents, sticking 30 agents, waxes, oils, co-solvents, coupling agents, foams, antifoaming agents, natural or synthetic polymers, elastomers and synergists. Methods of preparation, delivery systems and carriers for such compositions are not described here in detail, but are known in the art. For its discussion of such methods, U.S. Patent No. -97- 5,939,086 is herein incorporated by reference. Furtheunore, the preferred amount of the composition to be used may vary according to the active ingredient(s) and situation in which the composition is being applied. The transcription factor modulating compounds of the present invention 5 may be useful in nonaqueous environments. Such nonaqueous environments may include, but are not limited to, terrestrial environments, dry surfaces or semi-dry surfaces in which the compound or composition is applied in a manner and amount suitable for the situation. The transcription factor modulating compounds of the present invention 10 may be used to form contact-killing coatings or layers on a variety of substrates including personal care products (such as toothbrushes, contact lens cases and dental equipment), healthcare products, household products, food preparation surfaces and packaging, and laboratory and scientific equipment. Further, other substrates include medical devices such as catheters, urological devices, blood 15 collection and transfer devices, tracheotomy devices, intraocular lenses, wound dressings, sutures, surgical staples, membranes, shunts, gloves, tissue patches, prosthetic devices (e.g., heart valves) and wound drainage tubes. Still further, other substrates include textile products such as carpets and fabrics, paints and joint cement A further use is as an antimicrobial soil fumigant 20 The transcription factor modulating compounds of the invention may also be incorporated into polymers, such as polysaccharides (cellulose, cellulose derivatives, starch, pectins, alginate, chitin, guar, carrageenan), glycol polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyacrylates, polyacrylonitrile, polyamides (e.g., nylons), polyolefins, polystyrenes, vinyl polymers, polypropylene, silks or 25 biopolymers. The modulating compounds may be conjugated to any polymeric material such as those with the following specified functionality: 1) carboxy acid, 2) amino group, 3) hydroxyl group and/or 4) haloalkyl group. The composition for treatment of nonaqueous environments may be comprise at least one transcription factor modulting compound of the present 30 application and at least one suitable carrier. In an embodiment, the composition comprises from about 0.001% to about 75%, advantageously from about 0.01% to about 500/, and preferably from about 0.1% to about 25% by weight of a -98transcription factor modulating compound of the invention based on the weight percentage of the total composition. The transcription factor modulating compounds and compositions of the invention may also be useful in aqueous environments. "Aqueous environments" 5 include any type of system containing water, including, but not limited to, natural bodies of water such as lakes or ponds; artificial, recreational bodies of water such as swimming pools and hot tubs; and drinking reservoirs such as wells. The compositions of the present invention may be useful in treating microbial growth in these aqueous environments and may be applied, for example, at or near the surface 10 of water. The compositions of the invention for treatment of aqueous environments may comprise at least one transcription factor modulating compound of the present invention and at least one suitable carrier. In an embodiment, the composition comprises from about 0.001% to about 50%, advantageously from about 0.003% to 15 about 15%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the compound of the invention based on the weight percentage of the total composition. The present invention also provides a process for the production of an antibiofouling composition for industrial use. Such process comprises bringing at least one of any industrially acceptable carrier known in the art into intimate 20 admixture with a transcription factor modulating compound of the present invention. The carrier may be any suitable carrier discussed above or known in the art. The suitable antibiofouling compositions may be in any acceptable form for delivery of the composition to a site potentially having, or having at least one living 25 microbe. The antibiofouling compositions may be delivered with at least one suitably selected carrier as hereinbefore discussed using standard formulations. The mode of delivery may be such as to have a binding inhibiting effective amount of the antibiofouling composition at a site potentially having, or having at least one living microbe. The antibiofouling compositions of the present invention are usefUl 30 in treating microbial growth that contributes to biofouling, such as scum or slime formation, in these aqueous environments. Examples of industrial processes in which these compounds might be effective include cooling water systems, reverse osmosis membranes, pulp and paper systems, air washer systems and the food -99 processing industry. The antibiofouling composition may be delivered in an amount and form effective for the prevention, removal or temination of microbes. The antibiofouling composition of the present invention generally comprise at least one compound of the invention. The composition may comprise from about 5 0.001% to about 50%, more preferably from about 0.003% to about 15%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the compound of the invention based on the weight percentage of the total composition. The amount of antibiofouling composition may be delivered in an amount of about 1 mg/i to about 1000 mg/1, advantageously from about 2 mg/l to about 500 10 mg/I, and preferably from about 20 mg/I to about 140 mg/1. Antibiofouling compositions for water treatment generally comprise transcription factor modulating compounds of the invention in amounts from about 0.001% to about 50% by weight of the total composition. Other components in the antibiofouling compositions (used at 0.1% to 50%) may include, for example, 2 15 bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol (BNPD), P-nitrostyrene (BNS), dodecylguanidine hydrochloride, 2,2-dibromo-3-nitrilopropionamide (DBNPA), glutaraldehyde, isothiazolin, methylene bis(thiocyanate), triazines, n-alkyl dimethylbenzylammonium chloride, trisodium phosphate-based, antimicrobial, tributyltin oxide oxazolidincs, tetrakis (hydroxymethyl)phosphonium sulfate 20 (THPS), phenols, chromated copper arsenate, zinc or copper pyrithione, carbamates, sodium or calcium hypochlorite, sodium bromide, halohydantoins (Br, C), or mixtures thereof. Other possible components in the compositions of the invention include biodispersants (about 0.1% to about 15% by weight of the total composition), 25 water, glycols (about 20-30%) or Pluronic (at approximately 7% by weight of the total composition). The concentration of antibiofouling composition for continuous or semi-continuous use is about 5 to about 70 mg/. Antibiofouling compositions for industrial water treatment may comprise compounds of the invention in amounts from about 0.001% to about 50% based on 30 the weight of the total composition. The amount of compound of the invention in antibiofouling compositions for aqueous water treatment may be adjusted depending on the particular environment Shock dose ranges are generally about 20 -100to about 140 mg/l; the concentration for semi-continuous use is about 0.5X of these concentrations. The invention also pertains, at least in part, to a method of regulating bioflm development The method includes administering a composition which 5 contains a transcription factor modulating compound of the invention. The composition can also include other components which enhance the ability of the composition to degrade biofihs. The composition can be formulated as a cleaning product, e.g., a household or an industrial cleaner to remove, prevent, inhibit, or modulate biofl1m 10 development. Advantageously, the biofilm is adversely affected by the administration of the compound of the invention, e.g., bioflm development is diminished. These compositions may include compounds such as disinfectants, soaps, detergents, as well as other surfactants. Examples of surfactants include, for example, sodium dodecyl sulfate; quaternary ammonium compounds; alkyl 15 pyridinium iodides; TWEEN 80, TWEEN 85, TRITON X-100; BRIU 56; biological surfactants; rhamnolipid, surfactin, visconsin, and sulfonates. The composition of the invention may be applied in known areas and surfaces where disinfection is required, including but not limited to drains, shower curtains, grout, toilets and flooring. A particular application is on hospital surfaces and medical instruments. 20 The disinfectant of the invention may be useful as a disinfectant for bacteria such as, but not limited to, Pseudomonadaceae, Azatobacteraceae, Rhizabiaceae, Mthylococcaceae, Halobacteraceae, Acetobacteraceae, Legionellaceae, Neisseriaceae, and other genera. The invention also pertains to a method for cleaning and disinfecting 25 contact lenses. The method includes contacting the contact lenses with a solution of at least one compound of the invention in an acceptable carrier. The invention also pertains to the solution comprising the compound, packaged with directions for using the solution to clean contact lenses. The invention also includes a method of treating medical indwelling 30 devices. The method includes contacting at least one compound of the invention with a medical indwelling device, such as to prevent or substantially inhibit the formation of a biofihm. Examples of medical indwelling devices include catheters, orthopedic devices and implants. - 101 - A dentifrice or mouthwash containing the compounds of the invention may be formulated by adding the compounds of the invention to dentifrice and mouthwash formulations, eg., as set forth in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., 1990, Chapter 109 (incorporated herein by 5 reference in its entirety). The dentifrice may be formulated as a gel, paste, powder or slurry. The dentifrice may include binders, abrasives, flavoring agents, foaming agents and humectants. Mouthwash formulations ae known in the art, and the compounds of the invention may be advantageously added to them. 10 15 20 25 30 -102- Table 1. ExcznpLary Bactecial TcaascipioFaaDCs in the AraC-XyIS Family TI._ '55S42 +---Proteobaoteri& (3 42) I .- uigBeria .aningqltidin (S) Q9jXM9 Q9JWI3 p932 l +-Box~ter.a pez!usris (1) 052066 + Buxldiolderia oeVwAI(1.) -103- +---ialstonia group.(1) ELSBURSO +---amm subiviioa262) If Koaxellaceae(5) * I I I +-- -Acirtetobicter sip MPLI(1 I I i 031249 * I e-AInetobacter sp, K-1(2) I Q9P.QJ8 .1 +---Acinetob~cter calcoaceticus (11 I Q9DP +---Acinetobacter gw(13 Q9R2F3 1*---Rterobact:miaoeme (99) +--eainia eaiterocolitica(3) 4I--merobaater aloaca. (23 1-Prnteuw uigaria (1) --- cba±,ictiam coi (49) 07074 Q9"" YPC-COL Ii DjCOLI 111 Q91882 Q6985 I I Q07681 -104- YEDLBCOLX ~Q9Z03 SAA-OOLI Q9F871 09F572 09PS77 FRRMcLI Q9F878 W-RCOLM GADX&COL 09ALKO 4----Proteus mlrabilia (1.) +---Salma efa triridis (4) I 9L,680 +--Hsher~placoi 0157 HUM1 +-erofila . vnds (4) 0I~ 9R376 Q5951 * +--salmnell1&_dubliv(2) -Shgla fiemuwrl (5) - 105 - II Q9AJWhS +---Sa ionalla tVphimarium(15) ~~OM04S19 1 069047 PAcRSAUCY I J , - - 1 t r o b a c t e r a e o g e n e ( ) +---Citrobate frundU (2) +-RscAwherLha oli 0127 6 (2) +---KeLe I a ouoni ap(3.) iPrn"idmcia startii (I) +8h~~jjdyelteriae(l) +-rwdinj4 chyanuthi (1) T-Peadmoaer gqa (661 -106- Q914K9 09XS.77 !aHZB4; Q915FB 030507 Q974K6 Q9TX33 099HY30 Q914P6 Q912P5 Q916P1 Q91268 08763 Q9HxBs Q91483 081004 PCIWLPgjE Q9X0D8 Q933M6 Q9HX121 Q9Hz896 Q91111B2 22SX Q9E&,25 -107- Ii.. P72171 -- AzOtObaLCter chOroitcxm(l) +-pomuaa f.Luoresans(1) +--Psuccmwalcaligeo ' __-feg~a s 61-3(1) --- 784.domoa, utidI (12) 3a1-.psnpu 251847 I. 00 5934 I*--Paeudamo '? 4(1 *-feftdcaos ap cA io (2) +vifcholeraa1) -108- Ql22 2LEIR2 TCPILVBCU --- ib I ioDara hemoJ ytict~ (1 +-Paz ter1laceas (4) ~~~U~hi1m inluenae (2)* *+-PftuteureLa rnU]Lttocd(]) +-Actnobacillun act etemang~~ 1 +--Altermonans.3 ~- t eom o n a s 4 2 )~( 1 +r-Ya~hcmaas oyzavv( 12) Q9=0~ =9! _109- I -L--zmanthaooa 8 oxoaopodis pv (8) Q9LC3 lthomonthmoapii(l) I fXathomonfas campestris FV(9) Q9LCZYI 1.Q9LCD5 4--XanthgIooas carbortiol () .1 Q5,6790 Q56861L 02880 i-Dtomnas atyzaae(2) Q56831 * Q56832 * +-Aeromoadaceae (1) i s u b d v i n i o ( 6 7 1 1* - &obatqr gxxup(13) 21-culobacter cresentusw (12) gA483 I 923 1~1 [ 91.99 QUM9 Q9"aA3 Q9A863 Q9ASC3 09AA93 Q9A5IP8 jij +---BevunLwmzas diminuta (1) Q5165 +---Sphinaovyxis macrooltabida (1) A -2ymomornas mobilia (1) -~pbxig~r~a SDLB126 (1) 090396 +?--Rb~izokiaceae ORoup(Sly +--fbyllobalteriaceae (42) 0589MZ. Q98844 1 068525 j I 098bad 098GP3 098816 Q098939 9989Y4 0583R6 22BK4 Q98ws3i Q98EFJO I Q9i7P8 I.Q98MP6 IQ9814 Q98W35 Q98L 4 3 * Q989A6 Q991K9 Q9846 Q98CDS Q9SFC1 4YplTbxicrobiuw group-(13 +--Azrbizobium auiodn (1.) Q43970 E--Im zobiaceae(a) I 068474 *---Rhizob3.un maliloti(3) +--N9obw ?t umnnaum1 I--AG-robacterium radiobaotor (1) Q9=W95 t--epeilori xubdiv~jsiou(1I 4---CMpryobacter group (13 * 2HRyobaoter ewi(1). 4- im~tes (129) * 4--Aotiabbacteria447) ynabetk9 sa(0) I -licardaceae (3) -112t --- Rodocoocus rhodocb~uB (1). P7231.2 +--Rhodacocun erythkopoli. (1) !4f-Ucobacterium a ti;l Q9M2 ttrobacterium uecios(6 P96245 P-95283 +--Stcpto~icjnoae(37) +-treptomweyetacam (37) +--BSep.wc coelicolor (29) 088020 Q9ZBGS Q91375 086700 Q91Y95 IQ92Ai 109L062 999L809 Q91=4 06981$ Q9zm1 Q92=08 Q9K497 -113- +___gSbetmWes albus(l) IQU i~te~thiyes cwolscolor*A (1.) 4 --- Sreptomyces aUreofaciens (11 53603 +-Strevtomycea ogal.atekr(1) -Stir pt4myco liviotn (i Mgmtam"C" wieus(1l -- iils20-rdu roup (92) L--peaiocccus tgcs(1 +-RUIbnnoooccuiw Eavmfacion(2) U98309 Q98311i. t---Clotr dLm be~leinci(1.) Q9 W12 *---Clos tEjdjum etobutyJLc(g6) Q97J13 Q97__ i -Rminocooomg album (1) 91JB1. 4--Bailu/GIapbylc- 2 rou (0 _____ _____ __ (2) 1 052846 I..!---Bacilltm sp GII 4---Listeria mcnocvtoqanB (11 1 0524.94 +---Bacillus subtili(13) 031456 030502 .031449 031522 P96660 P96662 0314901 4--ajjllun ap TK-li (1) + -Baonu cxeu (1) (3 *---BaclUis halodurv= 23) *!Q9K736 909 Q9133HO Q9K6KP9 Q9KBC1 1 09K6~90.zyosve( 09-115- I 52 . tahl)sC4 ~eJubso auretis bT315 (6) I Q99TY7 I Q99iP8 lipQ99VVA I Q99RXS -I ococcu macdia(3 Q9 RAV7 Q aalao (1 Q9FQc 087252c US~pn u~je 3 RLEAW0 g27R99 Q9CrT2 Q99ZU9 4- -Tbermoogalea (1 4-..-4j~boocoaLas (4) ......~~ ~ St1 1 6-cc a . ,~ 4--SYuechmcystig; sp (4) P73364 P72595 P72600 P72608 The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of cell biology, cell culture, molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, for example, 5 Genetim; Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed., ed. by Sambrook, J. et al. (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989)); Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Ed., ed. by Ausubel, F. et al. (Wiley, NY (1995)); DNA Cloning, Volumes I and II (D. N. Glover ed., 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. J. Gait ed. (1984)); Mullis et al. U.S. Patent No: 4,683,195; Nucleic Acid Hybridization (B. 10 D. Hames & S. J. Higgins eds. (1984)); the treatise, Methods In Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc., N.Y.); Immunochemical Methods In Cell And Molecular Biology (Mayer and Walker, eds., Academic Press, London (1987)); Handbook Of Experimental Immunology, Volumes I-IV (D. M. Weir and C. C. Blackwell, eds. (1986)); and Miller, J. Experiments in Molecular Genetics (Cold Spring Harbor 15 Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1972)). The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patents, cited throughout this application are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. 20 The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as further limiting. Examples 25 Example 1: Generation of Knockout Bacteria The parental strains, KM-D and C189, were isolated from an intestinal fistula (Maneewannakul and Levy. 1996. 40:1695) and a patient with a cystitis infection (Rippere-Lampe. 2001 Infect. Immunity 69:3954), respectively. In 30 frame deletions of specific genes in KM-D were constructed by crossover PCR and allelic exchange (Link et al. J. Bacteriol. 1997 179:6228). A 1 kb DNA fragment consisting of 500bp flanking the upstream and downstream portions of the sequence targeted for deletion, separated by a 33 nucleotide spacer, was constructed -118by crossover PCR and cloned into the NotI-BamlIl site of the suicide vector pSR47s. pSR47s contains the R6K origin of replication, rendering it dependent on the i proteins, the kanmycin resistance gene from P93 and the B. subtilfs sacB gene, used as a counterselectable marker. Plasmids with the cloned crossover PCR 5 fragments were transferred from E. Coli S 17.1 Apri to KM-D by conjugation, and exconjugants were selected on M9 minimal medium containing 0.2% glucose and 30ug/ml kanamycin. KM-D exconjugants were then grown overnight at 37 C in LB without antibiotics. The overnight cultures were diluted in double distilled water and 105-106 colony forming units were plated on L agar containing 5% 10 sucrose and incubated at 30 C overnight The resulting colonies were plated on LB plus kanamycin and LB alone. Kanamycin sensitive colonies were tested for the presence or absence of the wild type and deleted alleles by PCR with allele specific primers. The crossover PCR products used for the in-frame deletion have a 33 15 nucleotide stuffer sequence containing a Spel restriction site. In order to restore the deleted genes into their original loci, the wild type genes were amplified from KM D colonies with primers that created SpeI restriction sites at both ends of the open reading frame. These fragments were restricted with SpeL and ligated to the plasmids used to make the corresponding in frame deletions. This procedure 20 recreates the original gene with an additional seven amino acids MVINLTG at the aminn terminus. This complementation plasmid was recombined into the chromosome of the appropriate mutant strains by alleic exchange as described above, and the presence of the wild type allele was confirmed by PCR. 25 Strain Relevant Reference characteritics/genotype S17.1pir IamB F supE44 thi-) thr 1 leuB6 lacYl tonA21 hsdR hsdM recA pro RP4:2-Tc::Mu::Km:Tn7 Apir DH5Slpir F-phi8O lacZAM15 endAl -119recAl hsdR17(r-m+) supE44 thilgyrA96 relA1A(lacZYA-argF) U169Apir KMD Wild type clinical isolate, Maneewamakul and marR (mac) Levy. 1996. 40:1695 PC1012 (SRM) KMD, saxS, mob, marA This study PC1003 KMD, rob This study PC1040 PC1003:.b This study PC1038 PC1012::rob This study PC005 KMD, soxS This study PC035 PC1005::xS This study PC037 PC1012::sxS This study PC1033 PC1012:marA This study C189 Wild type clinical cyctitis [Rippere-Lampe isolate (2001) Infect mmun. 69:3954] PC0124-90R C189, rob This study PC124-90S C189, soxS This study Plasmid pSR47s Km'rR6KoriVRP4oriT sacB pPCArob pSR47s with DNA sequences flanking rob pPCAsaxS pSR47s with DNA sequences flanking aoxS pPCAmarA pSR47s with DNA sequences flanking marA -120- Example 2. Identifleation of compounds MarA and Rob-DNA co-crystals suitable for structural analysis have been produced and are available under Protein Data Bank ID codes IBLO and 1D5Y, respectively. 5 A structure-based drug design approach was used to identify inhibitors of these proteins. Briefly, the atomic coordinates of portions of the MarA and Rob DNA binding domains were used as "active site" templates in computer aided small molecule docking experiments, a set of combinatorial chemistry scaffolds was then docked to these templates and a number of high-scoring scaffolds were identified, 1o These scaffolds were then used to identify chemical structures for structurally similar molecules. Five structurally unique classed of Mar inhibitors were identified. Structures of two classes of these compounds are shown below: kM TI 15() wherein T', la, T 3 , T 4 , T, and 4 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted carbon, oxygen, substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen, or sulfur, 20 M is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, heterocyclic, alkynyl, or aryl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and L7,L L 9 G L 1 \Le L 41 25 2 wherein - 121 - G is substituted or unsubstituted aromatic moiety, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, carbonyl, or hydrogen; and L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L?, L 5 , L*, L, L0, L 9 , and L 1 " are each independently oxygen, substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen, sulfur and or substituted or unsubstituted carbon, and 5 pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In a preferred embodiment structure I is a 2,6-substituted benzoimidazole, such as: 10 R I/R2 wherein T'is NOH, NOCOCO 2 H, or a substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched CI-C 5 alkyloxy-substituted nitrogen atom; 15 R1 is an electron-donating or electron-withdrawing group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or substituted or unsubstituted hetetocylic group; and
R
2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. 20 Further examplary R 1 and R 2 groups are illustrated in Example 5, infra. In another preferred embodiment, structure II is a substituted triazincoxazepine, such as: R (Ia) 25 wherein -122each of R',R 2 , and Ra is an electron-donating or electron-withdrawing group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or substituted or unsubstituted hetetocylic group. 5 Example 3. Modifleation of Compounds of Formula Ia The classes of compounds identified will be modified to optimize their activity. For example, the core structure of Formula I contains two main points of diversity (R 1 and R 2 ) as shown in Formula Ia, which can be explored extensively through a variety of chemical modifications (see below). To establish a structure 10 activity relationship, R' will be modified by substitution with various electron donating, electron withdrawing, alkyl, aryl, and heterocyclic sidechains. Additional modifications of R 2 will include a wide variety of substituted aryl groups, heterocycles and acyl sidechains. The large chemical diversity of potential derivatives obtained from this series will greatly facilitate the optimization of some 15 of the preliminary Trancription factor modulators. R,H ' x Ri R
-
N, Y=N,c XuN,oBc COE R- Y=Nc XuN,OSC 20 The synthetic medicinal chemistry plan for developing a structure activity relationship around Mar inhibitor structure class 1. 25 -123- Example 4: Development of DNA-protein binding assays An Electrophoretic mobility shift assay (EMSA) was developed for a qualitative assessment of the activity of our trancription factor modulators to determine if they interrupt DNA-protein interactions in vitro. Briefly, 5 nM of a 5 MarA (AraC) family member (or a concentration where -50% of a radiolabeled
(
3 P) double-stranded DNA probe is bound to the protein) is incubated for 30 min at room temperature either in the absence (DMSO (solvent) alone) or presence of a Mar inhibitor. Subsequently, 0.1 nM of the (P) labeled DNA probe is added and the mixture is allowed to equilibrate for 15 min at room temperature. The mixture 10 is then resolved on a non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel and the gel is analyzed by autoradiography. As illustrated in figure 3, different Trancription factor modulators have varying activities against SoxS in vitro in an EMSA: Compound A is very active, Compound C is moderately active, and Compound D lacks activity (Fig. 3). These data are useful in driving subsequent medicinal chemistry efforts to increase 15 inhibitor potency. Example 5: Development of luminescence assays A quantitative chemiluminescence-based assay is being used to measure the DNA binding activity of various MarA (AraC) family members. With this 20 technique, a biotinylated double-stranded DNA molecule (2 nM) is incubated with a MarA (AraC) protein (20 nM) fused to 6-histidine (6-His) residues in a streptavidin coated 96-well microtiter (white) plate (Pieme Biotechnology, Rockford, IL). Unbound DNA and protein are removed by washing and a primary monoclonal anti-6His antibody is subsequently added. A second washing is 25 performed and a secondary HRP-conjugated antibody is then added to the mixture. Excess antibody is removed by a third wash step and a chemiluminescence substrate (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) is added to the plate. Luminescence is read immediately using a Victor V plate reader (PerkinElmer Life Sciences, Wellesley, MA). Compounds that inhibit the binding of the protein to the 30 DNA result in a loss of protein from the plate at the first wash step and are identified by a reduced luminescence signal. The concentration of compound necessary to reduce signal by 50% (EC WICso) can be calculated using serial dilutions of the inhibitory compounds. For example, the EC 5 os of Compound A for -124- SoxS and S1yA (an unrelated protein and MazR family member) are 9.2 and 150 pM, respectively, demonstrating a specificity of the compound. Also, single Trancription factor modulators that affect different transcription factors have been identified as shown below: 5 Table X. Activity of selected Trancription factor modulators against disparate MarA (AraC) family members. ECso ( Host-Protein % Identity Ka (nM) Compound E Compound F to MarA B. coli MarA 100 44 SoxS 42 31 0.82 8.3 Rob 51 8.8 1.3 28 S. typhimurium Rma 38 137 1.8 17 P. mirabilis PqrA 40 268 1.4 13.6 P. aeruginosa ExsA 24 190 1.9 15.6 10 Example 6: Development of an Animal model of infection CD-i female mice were housed in cages prior to surgery. Mice were diuresed on a diet consisting of water containing 5% glucose and restricted solid 15 food. On the day of the experiment, each mouse was anaesthetized with isoflurance and the abdominal area was shaved and bathed with iodine and alcohol. A small incision (approx. 15 mm) was made through the outer most skin layer just above the urethra. Once the inner skin layer was exposed, another small incision was made through the peritoneum, exposing the inner cavity and the bladder. A small 20 puncture was made in the bladder to aspirate excess urine and to introduce the infectious bacterial inoculum. From an overnight culture bacteria were washed, diluted, and 100ul of this culture (-107 colony forming units) was used to inoculate the mice. After a designated period of infection, routinely between 24h and 11 days, 25 mice were sacrificed and their kidneys removed. Individual mouse kidney weights were recorded and the kidneys were then suspended in 5 ml of sterile PBS. The kidneys were homogenized and serial dilutions were plated on MacConkey agar -125plates to determine CFU/gram of kidney. Representative data are presented in Figures 4-6. First, the infectivity of a wild type clinical isolate lacking all three transcription factors was tested. As illustrated in Figure 4, bacteria lacking soxS, 5 rob, and mar (the PCIO12 triple knock out strain) are capable of infecting the host, as indicated by the presence ofbacteria in the kidneys of the animals at days land 3, but are unable to maintain the infection (see days 5, 7, and 11). The wild type bacteria (KM-D), in contrast, maintain the infection throughout the course of the study. 10 In order to study the effects on virulence following the deletion of a single transcrition factor, i.e., soxS or rob, the appropriate bacterial strains were constructed (see the table in Example 1) and tested in the UTI model. Figure 5 shows that a rob knock out strain (PC1003) is less virulent than the KMD wild type strain. Restoring rob in the rob knock out restores virulence (PCIO40) as does 15 restoring rob in the PC1012 triple knock out strain (PC1038). Figure 6 shows similarresults for soxS. The KMD soxS knock out strain (PC1005) is less virulent than the KMD wild type strain. Restoring soxS to the soxS knock out (PC1035) or to the triple knock out (PC1037) restores virulence. In addition, Figure 6 also shows that restoring marA to the triple knock out (PC 1033) restores virulence. 20 Figures 7 and 8 examine the effect ofknocking out soxS or rob in a clinical isolate, C189. Figure 7 shows that the soxS knock out (PC0124-90S) is less virulent than the wild type isolate. Similarly, Figure 8 shows that the rob knock out (PC0124-90R) is less virulent than the C189 clinical isolate. Thus, deletion of rob or soxS alone is sufficient to confer the avirulent 25 phenotype. Moreover, supplying either rob or soxS in their original chromosomal locations in either the single (PC1037 and PC1038) or triple (SRM) knockout backgrounds fully restored virulence in these strains. These data convincingly demonstrate that both SoxS and Rob are virulence factors. With respect to marA, when marA is supplied in its original chromosomal location in the triple knockout 30 background (PC1012), virulence is fully restored. Further, E.coli SRM was used in a pyelonephritis model of infection to show that the triple knockout was significantly less infectious than its parent strain (Figures 9A-B). -126- Thus, like SoxS and Rob, MarA can be considered a virulence factor in this model. 5 Example 7. Activity of Transcription Factor Inhibitors In Vivo The ability of small organic inhibitors of transcription factors of the AraC family to prevent infection was tested. These organic molecules inhibit MarA, SoxS, Rob, and other MarA family molecules, e.g., Rma from Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium and PqrA from Proteus mirabilis. Two organic molecules 10 from two structurally unrelated classes of inhibitors were found to work well in vitro and one was tested in the in vivo urnary tract infection model. In a first experiment, infected mice were subjected to dosing at time of infection and at 6, 24, 30, 48, 54, 72, and 96 hours post-infection. Mice were sacrificed at 120 hours after infection. 15 The data for two representative experiments are presented below; Dose (mg/kg) # of Mice infected Student's t-test (p values) 0 4/5 (80%) na 1 0/5 (0%) 0.006 5 1/5 (20%) 0.034 20 10 2/5 (40%) 0.066 20 2/5 (40%) 0.359 Dose (mg/kg) # of Mice infected Student's t-test (p values) 0 5/6 (83%) na 25 1 1/5 (20%) 0.037 5 1/6(17%) 0.013 10 2/5 (40%) 0.256 20 1/5(20%) 0.037 -127- In a subsequent experiment, mice were treated at 0 and 24 hours post infection. Data from a representative experiment are shown below: Dose (mg/kg) # of Mice infected Student's t-test (p values) 5 0 6/6 (100%) na 1 3/6 (50%) 0.009 5 5/6(17%) 0.314 10 3/5 (60%) 0.030 20 2/5(40%) 0.023 10 In a final experiment, mice were treated once, at the time of infection. Data from a representative experiment are shown below: Dose (mg/kg) # of Mice infected Student's t-test (p values) 0 5/6 na 0.1 515 0.473 1 2/4 0.106 10 4/6 0.244 100 0/5 0.003 15 Example 8. Effects on Bioffim formation Previous data indicate that genes within the MarA and SoxS regulons are involved in biofilm formation. The ability of a few exemplary bits to prevent in vitro biofulm formation were demonstrated. These assays were performed 20 according to a published protocol (e.&, O'Toole et al. 1999 Methods Enzymol 310:91) and measure the ability ofE. coli to adhere to the walls of a 96-well polystyrene (abiotic) microtiter plate. As illustrated, the compounds which with inhibitory activity in the in vitro DNA binding assays and that lack antibacterial activity, all affect biofilm formation in intact cells. Both of these findings also 25 indicate that the Trancription factor modulators can penetrate the intact bacterial cell. -128- Example 9. Evaluate the efficacy of the Trancription factor modulators in marine models of infection. The acute toxicity and preliminary PK data will be used to prioritize and select compounds for efficacy evaluation in mouse models of infection described below. 5 Initially, the 50% lethal dose (LD5o) of the infecting organism will be determined (see below). Subsequently, trancription factor modulators will be tested for efficacy using an infectious dose necessary to produce colonization of the target organ(s) and a constant concentration (25 mg/kg dosed orally (p.o.) once a day for the length of the study) of the transcription factor modulators or vehicle alone as a control. Compounds that perform 10 favorably, e.g., produce a A-log decrease in CFU/g of organ, will then be subjected to a dose response analysis. In these experiments, groups of mice (n=6) will be treated with serial 2-fold dilutions (ranging from 0-50 mg/kg) of a Trancription factor modulator and the ED 5 o, drug concentration necessary to prevent infection in 50% of the treatment group, will be calculated from these data. ED 50 determinations with an antibiotic will be 15 performed accordingly and these agents will be used a controls in all experiments. Trancription factor modulators can be subjected to efficacy analysis in the ascending pyelonephritis mouse model of infection (see above). Briefly, groups of female CDI mice (n=6) will be diuresed and infected with E. coli UPEC strain C189 via intravesicular inoculation. Subsequently, mice will be dosed with a 20 Trancription factor modulator (25 mg/kg), a control compound, e.g., SXT (Qualitest Pharnaceuticals, Huntsville, AL), or vehicle alone (0 mg/kg), via an oral route of administration at the time of infection and once a day for 4 days thereafter, to maintain a constant level of drug in the mice. After a 5-day period of infection and prior to sacrifice via C02/0 2 asphyxiation, a urine sample will be taken by 25 gentle compression of the abdomen. Following asphyxiation, the bladder and kidneys will be removed aseptically as previously described. Urine volumes and individual organ weights will be recorded, the organs will be suspended in sterile PBS containing 0.025% Triton X-100, and then homogenized. Serial 10-fold dilutions of the urine samples and homogenates will be plated onto McConkey agar 30 plates to determine CFU/ml of urine or CFU/gram of organ. Efficacy in these experiments will be defined as a 2-log decrease in CFU/ml of urine or CFU/g organ. These values are in accord with previous experiments investigating the treatment of UTI in mice. -129- Trancription factor modulators that perform favorably, e.g., produce a a log decrease in CFU/g of organ, will be subjected to a dose response analysis. In these experiments, groups of mice (n-=6) mice will be treated with serial 2-fold dilutions (ranging from 0-50 mg/kg and using the dosing scheme described above) 5 of a Trancription factor modulator and the EDso, drug concentration necessary to cure infection in 50% of the treatment group, will be calculated from these data. EDso determinations with a standard antibiotic, e.g., SXT, will be performed accordingly. It is expected that a maximum of 5 compounds would be evaluated in this infection model. In addition, a similar model can be used for S. saprophyticus 10 and P. mirabilis to evaluate a broader spectrum of the lead compounds. C rdendum. C. rodentiwn (MPEC) produces a disease in mice that is equivalent to the human infections caused by BPEC and EHEC. This organism is the only A/B lesion producing bacterium that causes infections in mice and is therefore commonly used as a 15 surrogate for studies that investigate the pathogenesis of EPEC and EHBC. The efficacy of our trancription factor modulators against MPEC will be examined. The ID 50 of C rodentiwn DBSI 00 (ATCC 51459) will be determined using methods known in the art following oral (p.o.) infection of groups of Swiss Webster mice (Taconic Laboratories, Germantown, NY) (n=7) with serial 10-fold dilutions of the 20 organism. Once the LDo is ascertained, mice will be infected with an inoculum sufficient to produce colonization of the colon as described. Feces will be collected at 3, 5, and 7 days post-infection (p.), weighed, and homogenized in sterile phosphate buffer saline (PBS) and bacterial load will be determined by serial dilution onto selective media. At 10 days p.i., mice will be sacrificed and entire colons will be removed 25 aseptically, homogenized in PBS, and the bacterial loads will be subsequently determined. Efficacy evaluations will then be performed. Sfleaeri. Since mice do not develop intestinal disease following infection with S. flexneri, a murine pulmonary infection model has been used to assess virulence of this 30 organism The use of small rodents, while not a direct mimic of human infection, is less cumbersome than using the rabbit Sereny or ligated ileal loop models or Macaque monkeys. -130- In this model, groups of 4-6 week old BALB/cJ mice (The Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, ME) (n=-7) will be anesthetized and infected with serial 10-fold dilutions (up to -108 CFU/ml) of S. flexneri through an intranasal route as described previously. Mice will be sacrificed at 24,48, and 72 hr post-infection, the lungs will be removed 5 aseptically, homogenized, and the bacterial load will be enumerated via plating on selective media according to an established procedure. An infectious dose that yields a suitable lung infection will be determined from these preliminary experiments and used for subsequent analyses. Efficacy evaluations will then be performed. 10 & typhmurium. It is well established that inbred mice exhibit varying susceptibilities to infection by Salmonella spp.. This property is attributed to the absence (i.e., in BALB/c mice [Charles River Labs, Wilmington, MA] which are extremely susceptible to infection) or presence (i.e., in Sv129 mice [The Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, ME] which are moderately resistant to infection) of the natural resistance associated 15 macrophage protein 1 (Nrampl). Nonetheless, murine models of salmonellosis are routinely used to study systemic Salmonella infections. Therefore, initial assessments of Trancription factor modulator efficacy will be performed using both strains of mice. IDso determinations will be calculated as described above following p.o. infection of BALB/c (8-9 weeks old) or Sv129 mice (n=7) with S. typhimurium SL1344. 20 Once the LDso is determined, mice will be infected with an inoculum sufficient to produce a systemic model of infection. In these studies, mice will be monitored for weight loss and other gross abnormalities during the course of the infection. Three and six days post-infection, the mice will be sacrificed and tissues, including caecum, Peyer's patches, mesenteric lymph nodes, spleen, and liver will be examined for 25 bacterial load according to published protocols. Depending on the outcome of these studies, a single mouse strain will be chosen for subsequent experiments. The overall goal will be to fnd an inoculum and host, i.e., a combination that will not rapidly lead to death, which will permit efficacy evaluation of the Trancription factor modulators. Efficacy evaluations will then be performed. 30 V. cholerae. In order to evaluate the efficacy in vivo of the Trancription factor modulators against V. cholerae, colonization and lethal infection models will be used. V. cholerae 0395 (classical biotype) and E7946 (El Tor biotype) and infant (3- to 5-day - 131 old) CD-1 and BALB/c mice will initially be used in both models as previously described. For the LDso determinations, groups of infant mice (n=7) will be orally infected with serial 10-fold dilutions (-10-10' CFU/ml) of overnight cultures of V. cholerae. The infected mice will be monitored for a period of 5 days and the LDsOs will 5 be calculated as described previously. In the colonization model, groups of infant mice (n=7) will be pro-starved and then intragastrically infected with an inoculum sufficient to produce colonization of the intestines. Following a period of colonization (-24-36 hr), the intestines will be aseptically removed, homogenized, and serial dilutions will be plated onto selective media to enumerate the bacterial load. Efficacy evaluations will 10 then be performed. Example 10: Whole cell Y.pseudatuberculosis YopH virulence assay. In order to study the effects of trancription factor modulators on the intact bacterial cell, an assay was developed to measure the effects of inhibiting the activity of 15 LcrF (VirF), a MarA (AraC) family member, on YopH activity in whole cells. YopH is a tyrosine phosphatase and Yersinia spp. virulence factor that is secreted by a TTSS in the pathogen. The activity of YopH onp-nitrophenyl phosphate (pNPP, an indicator of phosphatase activity) results in the formation of a colored substrate that can be measured spectrophotometrically. Y. pseudotuberculois were incubated in the presence and 20 absence of a Trancription factor modulator and controls were included to measure the inhibitory effects of the compounds themselves on the phosphatase activity of YopL Compounds that had an effect were excluded from further analysis. This assay identified a number of compounds that adversely affect YopH (expression or secretion of the protein) presumably at the level of LcrF (VirF). These findings also indicate that 25 the trancription factor modulators can penetrate the intact bacterial cell. Example 11. Measurement of the effects of the trancription factor modulators in a Y. pseudosuberculosis mouse model of infection. The acute toxicity and preliminary pharmokinetic data generated will allow 30 selection of compounds for efficacy evaluation in the mouse model of systemic Y. pseudotuberculmis infection. Briefly, 8- to 10-week-old BALB/o female mice will be used for all infections and will be housed for a week prior to infection in a BL-2 facility. All mice will be denied food for 16 hr prior to orogastric infection. Two -132treatment groups (n=6) will be infected orally with a sub-lethal dose (5x10' 0 CFU/mI) of Y. pseudotubercdosis strain YPIIIpIBI {Mecsas, 2001 #1233). Following infection, mice will be dosed via an oral route with 0 (vehicle alone) or 25 mglkg of a trancription factor modulator once a day for the duration of the 5 study, to maintain a constant level of drug in the mice. Mice will be monitored for weight loss and other gross abnormalities during the course of the infection. Five days post-infection, the mice will be sacrificed and tissues, including small intestine lumen, cecal lumen, large intestine lumen, Peyer's patches, mesenteric lymph nodes, spleen, liver, lungs, and kidneys, and blood will be examined for bacterial 10 load according to an established protocol. Trancription factor modulators that perform favorably, e.g., produce a E log decrease in CFU/g of organ, will be subjected to a dose response analysis. In these experiments, groups of mice (n=6) mice will be treated with serial 2-fold dilutions (ranging from 0-50 mg/kg) of a Trancription factor modulator and the 15 EDso, drug concentration necessary to prevent infection in 50% of the treatment group, will be calculated from these data. ED 50 determinations with a standard antibiotic, e.g., streptomycin or doxycycline, will be performed accordingly and these agents will be used a controls in all experiments. 20 Example 12. Analysis of transcription factor modulators function In a mouse model of infetion. The efficacy of one prototypic inhibitor was investigated in the ascending pyelonephritis model of infection (see above). As illustrated, the administration of a single subcutaneous dose of the inhibitor at the time of infection was sufficient to 25 prevent infection in this in vivo model (Fig. 10). Results similar to those obtained with the single 100 mg/kg dose (Fig. 10) were observed using smaller doses with multiple dose regimens (bid x4 d, data not shown). These data are a small molecule proof-of principle demonstration that our approach is feasible. More recently, preliminary PK data indicate that this compound and other similar molecules are orally bioavailable. 30 - 133 - Example 13. Pharmokinetic studies. The PK parameters of non-toxic trancription factor modulators will then be evaluated. Briefly, groups of female CD1 mice (n=3) will be fasted overnight prior to dosing and then weighed to calculate dose levels. On the day of the experiment, 5 mice will be given 100 p, of a test article solution containing an exemplary Trancription factor modulator, without detectable acute toxicity, via an oral and/or subcutaneous route of administration. As a control, one additional group of mice treated with the vehicle alone will be used to determine baseline urine and serum levels. Following treatment, mice will be given unrestricted access to both food 1o and water. Plasma and urine samples and individual organs, e.g., kidneys, lungs, spleen, etc., will be collected at various time points and compound concentrations will be determined using standard bioanalytical LC/MS/MS procedures. PK parameters, i.e., maximum drug concentration (CMV), (T m), drug area under the curve (AUC), drug half-life (T12), will be calculated from these data. Any 15 animal(s) removed from the study because of bad injection will be replaced with a new animal from a group of "extra" mice. Animals that die spontaneously after dosing and before 5 hours will be dropped from the study altogether and will not be replaced. - 134 -
Claims (51)
1. A method for preventing infection of a subject by a microbe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a microbial 5 transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing an infection such that infection of the subject is prevented.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. 10
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors.
4. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering an antibiotic. 15
5. A method for preventing urinary tract infection of a subject by a microbe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing a urinary tract infection such that infection of the subject is prevented. 20
6. A method for preventing prostatitis in a subject by a microbe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing prostatitis such that infection of the subject is prevented. 25
7. A method for reducing virulence of a microbe comprising: administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor to a subject at risk of developing an infection with the microbe such that virulence of the microbe is reduced. 30
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. -135-
9. The method of claim 7, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors.
10. The method of claim 7, further comprising administering an antibiotic. 5
11. A method for treating a microbial infection in a subject comprising' administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having a microbial infection such that infection of the subject is treated. 10
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the 15 MarA family of transcription factors.
14. The method of claim 11, further comprising administering an antibiotic.
15. A method for treating a urinary tract infection in a subject comprising: 20 administering a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having a urinary tract infection such that infection of the subject is treated.
16. A method for treating prostatitis in a subject comprising: administering a 25 compound that modulates the expression or activity of a transcription factor to a subject having prostatitis such that infection of the subject is treated.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. 30
18. The method of claim 15, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. -136-
19. The method of claim 15, further comprising administering an antibiotic.
20. A method for reducing virulence in a microbe comprising: administering a compound that inhibits the expression or activity of a transcription factor to a 5 subject having a microbial infection such that virulence of the microbe is reduced.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. 10
22. The method of claim 20, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors.
23. The method of claim 20, further comprising administering an antibiotic. 15
24. A method for evaluating the effectiveness of a compound that modulates the expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor at inhibiting microbial virulence comprising: infecting a non-human animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering the compound that modulates 20 the expression or activity of the microbial transcription factor to the non-human animal; and determining the level of infection of the non-human animal, wherein the ability of the compound to reduce the level of infection of the animal indicates that the compound is effective at inhibiting microbial virulence.
25 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. 30
27. The method of claim 24, further comprising administering an antibiotic. - 137-
28. The method of claim 24, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. 5
29. The method of claim 24, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non-human animal.
30.A method for identifying a compound for treating microbial infection, 10 comprising: innoculating a non-human animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering a compound which reduces the expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor to the animal, and determining the effect of the test compound on the ability of the microbe to 15 colonize the animal, such that a compound for treating microbial infection is identified.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors. 20
32. The method of claim 30, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors.
33. The method of claim 30, wherein the level of infection of the non-human 25 animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal.
34. The method of claim 30, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue 30 of the non-human animal. - 138 -
35.A method for identifying a compound for reducing microbial virulence, comprising: inoculating a non-human animal with a microbe, wherein the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; administering a compound which reduces the 5 expression or activity of a microbial transcription factor to the animal, and determining the effect of the test compound on the ability of the microbe to colonize the animal, such that a compound for reducing microbial virulence is identified. 1o
36. The method of claim 35, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors.
37. The method of claim 35, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. 15
38. The method of claim 35, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. 20
39. The method of claim 35, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non-human animal.
40.A method for identifying transcription factors which promote microbial 25 virulence comprising: creating a microbe in which a transcription factor to be tested is misexpressed; introducing the microbe into a non-human animal; whemin the ability of the microbe to establish an infection in the non-human animal requires that the microbe colonize the animal; and determining the ability of the microbe to colonize the animal, wherein a reduced ability of the microbe to colonize the 30 animal as compared to a wild-type microbial cell identifies the transcription factor as a transcription factor which promotes microbial virulence. -139-
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XylS family of transcription factors.
42. The method of claim 40, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the 5 MarA family of transcription factors.
43. The method of claim 40, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by measuring the ability of the microbe to colonize the tissue of the non-human animal. 10
44. The method of claim 40, wherein the level of infection of the non-human animal is determined by enumerating the number of microbes present in the tissue of the non-human animal. 15
45. A method for reducing the ability of a microbe to adhere to an abiotic surface comprising: contacting the abiotic surface or the microbe with a compound that modulates the activity of a transcription factor such that the ability of the microbe to adhere to the abiotic surface is reduced. 20
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the AraC-XyIS family of transcription factors.
47. The method of claim 45, wherein the transcription factor is a member of the MarA family of transcription factors. 25
48. The method of claim 45, further comprising contacting the abiotic surface or the microbe with a second agent that is effective at controlling the growth of the microbe. 30
49. The method of claim 45, wherein the abiotic surface is selected from the group consisting of: stents, catheters, and prosthetic devices. -140-
50. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound that modulates the activity or expression of a microbial transcription factor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the compound reduces microbial virulence. 5
51. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound that modulates the activity or expression of a microbial transcription factor and an antibiotic in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 10 PARATEK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. WATERMARK PATENT AND TRADE MARKS ATTORNEYS P25056AU02 15 20 25 30 - 141 -
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU2012202095A AU2012202095A1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2012-04-12 | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US60/391,345 | 2002-06-24 | ||
US60/421,218 | 2002-10-25 | ||
US60/429,142 | 2002-11-26 | ||
US60/458,935 | 2003-03-31 | ||
AU2009213078A AU2009213078C1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2009-09-11 | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors |
AU2012202095A AU2012202095A1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2012-04-12 | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
AU2009213078A Division AU2009213078C1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2009-09-11 | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
AU2012202095A1 true AU2012202095A1 (en) | 2012-05-03 |
Family
ID=46640327
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
AU2012202095A Abandoned AU2012202095A1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2012-04-12 | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
AU (1) | AU2012202095A1 (en) |
-
2012
- 2012-04-12 AU AU2012202095A patent/AU2012202095A1/en not_active Abandoned
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20100227850A1 (en) | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors | |
US20090264342A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for antibiotic potentiation and drug discovery | |
Arnoldo et al. | Identification of small molecule inhibitors of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exoenzyme S using a yeast phenotypic screen | |
Goldman | Why are membrane targets discovered by phenotypic screens and genome sequencing in Mycobacterium tuberculosis? | |
US6780890B2 (en) | Compounds and methods for regulating bacterial growth and pathogenesis | |
US5989832A (en) | Method for screening for non-tetracycline efflux pump inhibitors | |
JP4933730B2 (en) | Transcription factor modulating compounds and methods of use thereof | |
US20110230523A1 (en) | Transcription factor modulating compounds and methods of use thereof | |
US20080027044A1 (en) | Prodrug antibiotic screens | |
US20080213404A1 (en) | Hif Modulating Compounds and Methods of Use Thereof | |
RU2418001C2 (en) | Binding domain for bacterial atp-synthase | |
US20110046142A1 (en) | Antibiotic compounds | |
US20060241185A1 (en) | Antibiotics targeting MreB | |
AU2009213078B2 (en) | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors | |
US8785402B2 (en) | Compositions and assays for treatment and diagnosis of helicobacter pylori infection and conditions | |
AU2012202095A1 (en) | Methods for preventing and treating microbial infections by modulating transcription factors | |
US8383110B2 (en) | Modulators of Candida hyphal morphogenesis and uses thereof | |
US20040266749A1 (en) | Methods for cystic fibrosis disease assessment and methods for treating anaerobic P. aeruginosa biofilms in cystic fibrosis disease | |
Duffey et al. | Extending the Potency and Lifespan of Antibiotics: Inhibitors of Gram-Negative Bacterial Efflux Pumps | |
Opperman | Recent advances toward a molecular mechanism of efflux pump inhibition. Front. Microbiol. 6: 421. doi: 10.3389/fmicb. 2015.00421 Recent advances toward a molecular mechanism of efflux pump inhibition Timothy J. Opperman* and Son T. Nguyen Microbiotix | |
Harmon | Characterization of Translocation Inhibition on Needle/Translocon Complex Assembly in Yersinia pseudotuberculosis | |
US20050165224A1 (en) | Inhibition of penicillin resistance in s. pneumoniae |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MK4 | Application lapsed section 142(2)(d) - no continuation fee paid for the application |